1 min
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
|
|
☒ Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2021
or
◻ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
Commission File Number: 0-24649
REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Kentucky |
|
61-0862051 |
(State of other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
601 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky |
|
40202 |
(Address of principal executive offices) |
|
(Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (502) 584-3600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
Trading Symbol |
Name of each exchange on which registered |
Class A Common |
RBCAA |
The Nasdaq Stock Market |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ⌧ Yes ◻ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). ⌧ Yes ◻ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer ◻ |
|
Accelerated filer ⌧ |
|
Non-accelerated filer ◻ |
|
Smaller reporting company ◻ |
Emerging growth company ◻ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ◻
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ◻ Yes ☒ No
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as of July 31, 2021, was 18,232,767 and 2,166,093.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
4 |
||
|
|
|
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. |
71 |
|
|
|
|
115 |
||
|
|
|
115 |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
115 |
||
|
|
|
116 |
||
|
|
|
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds. |
116 |
|
|
|
|
117 |
||
|
|
|
|
118 |
2
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
The terms identified in alphabetical order below are used throughout this Form 10-Q. You may find it helpful to refer to this page as you read this report.
|
|
|
Term |
|
Definition |
|
|
|
ACH |
|
Automated Clearing House |
ACL |
|
Allowance for Credit Losses |
ACLC |
|
Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures |
ACLL |
|
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans |
ACLS |
|
Allowance for Credit Losses on Securities |
AFS |
|
Available for Sale |
AOCI |
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |
ASC |
|
Accounting Standards Codification |
ASU |
|
Accounting Standards Update |
Basic EPS |
|
Basic earnings per Class A Common Share |
BOLI |
|
Bank Owned Life Insurance |
BPO |
|
Brokered Price Opinion |
C&D |
|
Construction and Development |
C&I |
|
Commercial and Industrial |
CARES Act |
|
Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act |
CECL |
|
Current Expected Credit Loss |
CMO |
|
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation |
Core Bank |
|
The Traditional Banking, Warehouse Lending, and Mortgage Banking reportable segments |
COVID-19 |
|
Coronavirus Disease of 2019 |
CRE |
|
Commercial Real Estate |
Diluted EPS |
|
Diluted earnings per Class A Common Share |
EA |
|
Easy Advance |
Economic Aid Act |
|
The Economic Aid to Hard Hit Small Business, Not for Profits and Venues Act |
ESPP |
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
EVP |
|
Executive Vice President |
FASB |
|
Financial Accounting Standards Board |
FDIC |
|
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation |
FFTR |
|
Federal Funds Target Rate |
FHLB |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank |
FHLMC |
|
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation |
FICO |
|
Fair Isaac Corporation |
FNMA |
|
Federal National Mortgage Association |
FOMC |
|
Federal Open Market Committee |
FRB |
|
Federal Reserve Bank |
FTE |
|
Full Time Equivalent |
FTP |
|
Funds Transfer Pricing |
GAAP |
|
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States |
Green Dot |
|
Green Dot Corporation |
HEAL |
|
Home Equity Amortizing Loan |
HELOC |
|
Home Equity Line of Credit |
HTM |
|
Held to Maturity |
IRS |
|
Internal Revenue Service |
ITM |
|
Interactive Teller Machine |
LGD |
|
Loss Given Default |
LIBOR |
|
London Interbank Offered Rate |
LTV |
|
Loan to Value |
MBS |
|
Mortgage Backed Securities |
MSRs |
|
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
NA |
|
Not Applicable |
NM |
|
Not Meaningful |
OBS |
|
Off-Balance Sheet |
OCI |
|
Other Comprehensive Income |
OREO |
|
Other Real Estate Owned |
OTTI |
|
Other than Temporary Impairment |
PCD |
|
Purchased with Credit Deterioration |
PD |
|
Probability of Default |
PPP |
|
SBA's Paycheck Protection Program |
PPPLF |
|
The FRB's Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility |
Prime |
|
The Wall Street Journal Prime Interest Rate |
Provision |
|
Provision for Expected Credit Loss Expense |
PSU |
|
Performance Stock Unit |
QF |
|
Qualitative Factor |
R&D |
|
Research and Development |
RB&T / the Bank |
|
Republic Bank & Trust Company |
RBCT |
|
Republic Bancorp Capital Trust |
RCS |
|
Republic Credit Solutions segment |
Republic / the Company |
|
Republic Bancorp, Inc. |
RPG |
|
Republic Processing Group |
RPS |
|
Republic Payment Solutions |
RT |
|
Refund Transfer |
SBA |
|
U.S. Small Business Administration |
SEC |
|
Securities and Exchange Commission |
SSUAR |
|
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase |
SVP |
|
Senior Vice President |
TDR |
|
Troubled Debt Restructuring |
The Captive |
|
Republic Insurance Services, Inc. |
TPS |
|
Trust Preferred Securities |
TRS |
|
Tax Refund Solutions segment |
TRUP |
|
TPS Investment |
Warehouse |
|
Warehouse Lending segment |
3
PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Financial Statements.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED) (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
||
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
747,007 |
|
$ |
485,587 |
|
Available-for-sale debt securities, at fair value (amortized cost of $515,401 in 2021 and $512,518 in 2020, allowance for credit losses of $0 in 2021 and $0 in 2020) |
|
|
524,152 |
|
|
523,863 |
|
Held-to-maturity debt securities (fair value of $46,968 in 2021 and $54,190 in 2020, allowance for credit losses of $56 in 2021 and $178 in 2020) |
|
|
46,274 |
|
|
53,324 |
|
Equity securities with readily determinable fair value |
|
|
2,601 |
|
|
3,083 |
|
Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value |
|
|
32,401 |
|
|
46,867 |
|
Consumer loans held for sale, at fair value |
|
|
13,020 |
|
|
3,298 |
|
Consumer loans held for sale, at the lower of cost or fair value |
|
|
11,412 |
|
|
1,478 |
|
Loans for discontinued operations, at the lower of cost or fair value |
|
|
23 |
|
|
23,765 |
|
Loans (loans carried at fair value of $338 in 2021 and $497 in 2020) |
|
|
4,554,198 |
|
|
4,789,338 |
|
Allowance for credit losses |
|
|
(60,291) |
|
|
(61,067) |
|
Loans, net |
|
|
4,493,907 |
|
|
4,728,271 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost |
|
|
11,670 |
|
|
17,397 |
|
Premises and equipment, net |
|
|
38,682 |
|
|
39,512 |
|
Right-of-use assets |
|
|
40,698 |
|
|
43,345 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
16,300 |
|
|
16,300 |
|
Other real estate owned |
|
|
1,898 |
|
|
2,499 |
|
Bank owned life insurance |
|
|
99,008 |
|
|
68,018 |
|
Other assets and accrued interest receivable |
|
|
104,257 |
|
|
111,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
|
$ |
6,183,310 |
|
$ |
6,168,325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing |
|
$ |
2,015,449 |
|
$ |
1,871,539 |
|
Interest-bearing |
|
|
2,955,145 |
|
|
2,842,765 |
|
Deposits of discontinued operations |
|
|
46,984 |
|
|
18,877 |
|
Total deposits |
|
|
5,017,578 |
|
|
4,733,181 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings |
|
|
142,895 |
|
|
211,026 |
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
|
41,621 |
|
|
44,340 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
235,000 |
|
Subordinated note |
|
|
41,240 |
|
|
41,240 |
|
Other liabilities and accrued interest payable |
|
|
69,886 |
|
|
80,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
5,338,220 |
|
|
5,345,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Footnote 9) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, no par value |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, no par value |
|
|
4,841 |
|
|
4,899 |
|
Additional paid in capital |
|
|
142,884 |
|
|
143,637 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
690,802 |
|
|
666,278 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
6,563 |
|
|
8,509 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
|
845,090 |
|
|
823,323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
$ |
6,183,310 |
|
$ |
6,168,325 |
|
See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.
4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
INTEREST INCOME: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans, including fees |
$ |
49,079 |
|
$ |
53,978 |
|
$ |
102,024 |
|
$ |
110,855 |
|
Taxable investment securities |
|
1,858 |
|
|
2,712 |
|
|
3,810 |
|
|
5,495 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other |
|
347 |
|
|
214 |
|
|
732 |
|
|
2,187 |
|
Total interest income |
|
51,284 |
|
|
56,904 |
|
|
106,566 |
|
|
118,537 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INTEREST EXPENSE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits |
|
1,324 |
|
|
3,410 |
|
|
2,889 |
|
|
9,422 |
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings |
|
143 |
|
|
460 |
|
|
279 |
|
|
1,609 |
|
Federal Reserve Payment Protection Plan Liquidity Facility |
|
— |
|
|
105 |
|
|
— |
|
|
105 |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
10 |
|
|
822 |
|
|
41 |
|
|
2,470 |
|
Subordinated note |
|
169 |
|
|
295 |
|
|
341 |
|
|
647 |
|
Total interest expense |
|
1,646 |
|
|
5,092 |
|
|
3,550 |
|
|
14,253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INTEREST INCOME |
|
49,638 |
|
|
51,812 |
|
|
103,016 |
|
|
104,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for expected credit loss expense |
|
1,450 |
|
|
2,086 |
|
|
828 |
|
|
9,713 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION |
|
48,188 |
|
|
49,726 |
|
|
102,188 |
|
|
94,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONINTEREST INCOME: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service charges on deposit accounts |
|
3,071 |
|
|
2,451 |
|
|
5,944 |
|
|
5,587 |
|
Mortgage banking income |
|
4,182 |
|
|
8,398 |
|
|
11,375 |
|
|
13,193 |
|
Interchange fee income |
|
3,368 |
|
|
2,725 |
|
|
6,339 |
|
|
5,219 |
|
Program fees |
|
3,549 |
|
|
1,138 |
|
|
5,774 |
|
|
3,762 |
|
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance |
|
600 |
|
|
395 |
|
|
990 |
|
|
784 |
|
Net gains (losses) on other real estate owned |
|
(44) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
(55) |
|
|
4 |
|
Other |
|
1,035 |
|
|
575 |
|
|
1,635 |
|
|
1,812 |
|
Total noninterest income |
|
15,761 |
|
|
15,683 |
|
|
32,002 |
|
|
30,361 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONINTEREST EXPENSE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and employee benefits |
|
26,106 |
|
|
25,106 |
|
|
53,522 |
|
|
50,198 |
|
Technology, equipment, and communication |
|
7,321 |
|
|
6,804 |
|
|
14,253 |
|
|
13,564 |
|
Occupancy |
|
3,250 |
|
|
3,302 |
|
|
6,809 |
|
|
6,518 |
|
Marketing and development |
|
1,120 |
|
|
969 |
|
|
1,851 |
|
|
1,710 |
|
FDIC insurance expense |
|
418 |
|
|
299 |
|
|
714 |
|
|
299 |
|
Bank franchise tax expense |
|
452 |
|
|
911 |
|
|
777 |
|
|
1,693 |
|
Interchange related expense |
|
1,288 |
|
|
1,173 |
|
|
2,432 |
|
|
2,249 |
|
Other real estate owned and other repossession expense |
|
2 |
|
|
21 |
|
|
(32) |
|
|
39 |
|
Legal and professional fees |
|
448 |
|
|
1,003 |
|
|
1,601 |
|
|
2,097 |
|
Other |
|
2,885 |
|
|
3,613 |
|
|
5,472 |
|
|
6,943 |
|
Total noninterest expense |
|
43,290 |
|
|
43,201 |
|
|
87,399 |
|
|
85,310 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE |
|
20,659 |
|
|
22,208 |
|
|
46,791 |
|
|
39,622 |
|
INCOME TAX EXPENSE |
|
4,157 |
|
|
4,453 |
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
7,553 |
|
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS |
|
16,502 |
|
|
17,755 |
|
|
36,828 |
|
|
32,069 |
|
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes |
|
9,902 |
|
|
(2,611) |
|
|
17,514 |
|
|
13,553 |
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
2,482 |
|
|
(660) |
|
|
4,367 |
|
|
3,121 |
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax |
|
7,420 |
|
|
(1,951) |
|
|
13,147 |
|
|
10,432 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME |
$ |
23,922 |
|
$ |
15,804 |
|
$ |
49,975 |
|
$ |
42,501 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Common Stock - continuing operations |
$ |
0.80 |
|
$ |
0.86 |
|
$ |
1.79 |
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
Class A Common Stock - discontinued operations |
|
0.36 |
|
|
(0.09) |
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
0.50 |
|
Class A Common Stock |
$ |
1.16 |
|
$ |
0.77 |
|
$ |
2.42 |
|
$ |
2.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B Common Stock - continuing operations |
$ |
0.73 |
|
$ |
0.78 |
|
$ |
1.62 |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
Class B Common Stock - discontinued operations |
|
0.32 |
|
|
(0.09) |
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
0.46 |
|
Class B Common Stock |
$ |
1.05 |
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
$ |
2.20 |
|
$ |
1.86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Common Stock - continuing operations |
$ |
0.80 |
|
$ |
0.86 |
|
$ |
1.78 |
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
Class A Common Stock - discontinued operations |
|
0.36 |
|
|
(0.10) |
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
0.50 |
|
Class A Common Stock |
$ |
1.16 |
|
$ |
0.76 |
|
$ |
2.41 |
|
$ |
2.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B Common Stock - continuing operations |
$ |
0.73 |
|
$ |
0.78 |
|
$ |
1.61 |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
Class B Common Stock - discontinued operations |
|
0.32 |
|
|
(0.09) |
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
0.45 |
|
Class B Common Stock |
$ |
1.05 |
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
$ |
2.19 |
|
$ |
1.85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.
5
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
Six Months Ended |
|
|
||||||||
|
June 30, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
||||||||
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
$ |
23,922 |
|
$ |
15,804 |
|
|
$ |
49,975 |
|
$ |
42,501 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges |
|
— |
|
|
(10) |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
(171) |
|
|
Reclassification amount for net derivative losses realized in income |
|
— |
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
108 |
|
|
Change in unrealized gains and losses on AFS debt securities |
|
(614) |
|
|
1,099 |
|
|
|
(2,643) |
|
|
8,876 |
|
|
Change in unrealized gain of AFS debt security for which a portion of OTTI has been recognized in earnings |
|
34 |
|
|
(108) |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
(107) |
|
|
Total other comprehensive income (loss) before income tax |
|
(580) |
|
|
1,060 |
|
|
|
(2,594) |
|
|
8,706 |
|
|
Tax effect |
|
145 |
|
|
(265) |
|
|
|
648 |
|
|
(2,178) |
|
|
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax |
|
(435) |
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
(1,946) |
|
|
6,528 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME |
$ |
23,487 |
|
$ |
16,599 |
|
|
$ |
48,029 |
|
$ |
49,029 |
|
|
See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.
6
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
Class A |
|
Class B |
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
Total |
|
|||
|
|
Shares |
|
Shares |
|
|
|
|
Paid In |
|
Retained |
|
Comprehensive |
|
Stockholders’ |
|
||||
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
Outstanding |
|
Outstanding |
|
Amount |
|
Capital |
|
Earnings |
|
Income |
|
Equity |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, April 1, 2021 |
|
18,628 |
|
2,198 |
|
$ |
4,884 |
|
$ |
143,563 |
|
$ |
682,264 |
|
$ |
6,998 |
|
$ |
837,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
23,922 |
|
|
— |
|
|
23,922 |
|
Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(435) |
|
|
(435) |
|
Dividends declared on Common Stock: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A Shares ($0.308 per share) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(5,680) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(5,680) |
|
Class B Shares ($0.280 per share) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(608) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(608) |
|
Stock options exercised, net of shares withheld |
|
12 |
|
— |
|
|
5 |
|
|
(54) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(49) |
|
Conversion of Class B to Class A Common Shares |
|
32 |
|
(32) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Repurchase of Class A Common Stock |
|
(255) |
|
— |
|
|
(51) |
|
|
(1,614) |
|
|
(9,096) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(10,761) |
|
Net change in notes receivable on Class A Common Stock |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(44) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(44) |
|
Deferred compensation - Class A Common Stock: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
95 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
95 |
|
Designated key employees |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
167 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
167 |
|
Employee stock purchase plan - Class A Common Stock |
|
4 |
|
— |
|
|
1 |
|
|
162 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
163 |
|
Stock-based awards - Class A Common Stock: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance stock units |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
33 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
33 |
|
Restricted stock |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
2 |
|
|
409 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
411 |
|
Stock options |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
167 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 30, 2021 |
|
18,421 |
|
2,166 |
|
$ |
4,841 |
|
$ |
142,884 |
|
$ |
690,802 |
|
$ |
6,563 |
|
$ |
845,090 |
|
7
See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.
8
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
||||
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||
OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
49,975 |
|
$ |
42,501 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amortization on investment securities |
|
|
589 |
|
|
732 |
|
Net accretion on loans and amortization of core deposit intangible and operating lease components |
|
|
(10,894) |
|
|
(2,383) |
|
Unrealized losses on equity securities with readily determinable fair value |
|
|
482 |
|
|
173 |
|
Depreciation of premises and equipment |
|
|
4,515 |
|
|
5,041 |
|
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
1,735 |
|
|
1,593 |
|
Impairment of mortgage servicing rights |
|
|
(500) |
|
|
100 |
|
Provision for on-balance sheet exposures for continuing operations |
|
|
828 |
|
|
9,713 |
|
Provision for on-balance sheet exposures for discontinued operations |
|
|
10,111 |
|
|
19,581 |
|
Provision for off-balance sheet exposures |
|
|
(55) |
|
|
180 |
|
Net gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale |
|
|
(11,009) |
|
|
(13,504) |
|
Origination of mortgage loans held for sale |
|
|
(354,764) |
|
|
(343,941) |
|
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans held for sale |
|
|
380,239 |
|
|
336,641 |
|
Net gain on sale of consumer loans held for sale |
|
|
(4,121) |
|
|
(3,006) |
|
Origination of consumer loans held for sale |
|
|
(304,045) |
|
|
(282,612) |
|
Proceeds from sale of consumer loans held for sale |
|
|
288,510 |
|
|
284,898 |
|
Net gain realized on sale of other real estate owned |
|
|
(51) |
|
|
(4) |
|
Writedowns of other real estate owned |
|
|
105 |
|
|
— |
|
Deferred compensation expense - Class A Common Stock |
|
|
512 |
|
|
427 |
|
Stock-based awards and ESPP expense - Class A Common Stock |
|
|
923 |
|
|
250 |
|
Net gain on sale of bank premises and equipment |
|
|
(399) |
|
|
(353) |
|
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance |
|
|
(990) |
|
|
(784) |
|
Net change in other assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued interest receivable |
|
|
2,450 |
|
|
1,765 |
|
Accrued interest payable |
|
|
(131) |
|
|
(1,685) |
|
Other assets |
|
|
(1,372) |
|
|
(4,465) |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
(5,036) |
|
|
(9,486) |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
47,607 |
|
|
41,372 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of available-for-sale debt securities |
|
|
(111,664) |
|
|
(138,894) |
|
Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of available-for-sale debt securities |
|
|
108,201 |
|
|
131,323 |
|
Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of held-to-maturity debt securities |
|
|
7,162 |
|
|
6,628 |
|
Net change in outstanding warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
122,641 |
|
|
(312,321) |
|
Net change in other loans from continuing operations |
|
|
111,754 |
|
|
(356,159) |
|
Net change in loans from discontinued operations |
|
|
23,719 |
|
|
14,076 |
|
Proceeds from redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
5,727 |
|
|
14,202 |
|
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
|
— |
|
|
(9,000) |
|
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned |
|
|
611 |
|
|
32 |
|
Proceeds from sale of bank premises and equipment |
|
|
637 |
|
|
894 |
|
Purchase of bank owned life insurance |
|
|
(30,000) |
|
|
— |
|
Net purchases of premises and equipment |
|
|
(3,923) |
|
|
(2,139) |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
|
234,865 |
|
|
(651,358) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in deposits from continuing operations |
|
|
256,290 |
|
|
1,199,967 |
|
Net change in deposits from discontinued operations |
|
|
28,107 |
|
|
32,110 |
|
Net change in securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings |
|
|
(68,131) |
|
|
9,780 |
|
Net change in Federal Reserve Payment Protection Plan Lending Facility borrowings |
|
|
— |
|
|
169,209 |
|
Payments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
(235,000) |
|
|
(1,037,500) |
|
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
425,000 |
|
Repurchase of Class A Common Stock |
|
|
(15,229) |
|
|
(2,852) |
|
Net proceeds from Class A Common Stock purchased through employee stock purchase plan |
|
|
272 |
|
|
291 |
|
Net proceeds from option exercises and equity awards vested - Class A Common Stock |
|
|
(142) |
|
|
256 |
|
Cash dividends paid |
|
|
(12,219) |
|
|
(11,383) |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(21,052) |
|
|
784,878 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |
|
|
261,420 |
|
|
174,892 |
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD |
|
|
485,587 |
|
|
385,303 |
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD |
|
$ |
747,007 |
|
$ |
560,195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASHFLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
3,419 |
|
$ |
14,992 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
13,466 |
|
|
10,008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH DISCLOSURES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfers from loans to real estate acquired in settlement of loans |
|
$ |
64 |
|
$ |
2,109 |
|
Transfers from loans held for investment to held for sale |
|
|
23 |
|
|
23,765 |
|
Unfunded commitments in low-income-housing investments |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,000 |
|
Right-of-use assets recorded |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,151 |
|
Allowance for credit losses recorded upon adoption of ASC 326 |
|
|
— |
|
|
7,241 |
|
See accompanying footnotes to consolidated financial statements.
9
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS –JUNE 30, 2021 and 2020 AND DECEMBER 31, 2020 (UNAUDITED)
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Republic Bank & Trust Company and Republic Insurance Services, Inc. As used in this filing, the terms “Republic,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Republic Bancorp, Inc., and, where the context requires, Republic Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The term “Bank” refers to the Company’s subsidiary bank: Republic Bank & Trust Company. The term “Captive” refers to the Company’s insurance subsidiary: Republic Insurance Services, Inc. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Republic is a financial holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky. The Bank is a Kentucky-based, state-chartered non-member financial institution that provides both traditional and non-traditional banking products through five reportable segments using a multitude of delivery channels. While the Bank operates primarily in its market footprint, its non-brick-and-mortar delivery channels allow it to reach clients across the U.S. The Captive is a Nevada-based, wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company. The Captive provides property and casualty insurance coverage to the Company and the Bank, as well as a group of third-party insurance captives for which insurance may not be available or economically feasible.
Republic Bancorp Capital Trust is a Delaware statutory business trust that is a wholly-owned unconsolidated finance subsidiary of Republic Bancorp, Inc.
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in Republic’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.
As of June 30, 2021, the Company was divided into five reportable segments: Traditional Banking, Warehouse, Mortgage Banking, TRS, and RCS. Management considers the first three segments to collectively constitute “Core Bank” or “Core Banking” operations, while the last two segments collectively constitute RPG operations.
See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” in this section of the filing.
The Company’s financial condition as of June 30, 2021 and results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and the public’s response to it.
For additional discussion regarding the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact to the Company, see the following Footnotes in this section of the filing:
● | Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” |
● | Footnote 9 “Off Balance Sheet Risks, Commitments, and Contingent Liabilities” |
10
Core Bank
Traditional Banking segment — The Traditional Banking segment provides traditional banking products primarily to customers in the Company’s market footprint. As of June 30, 2021, Republic had 42 full-service banking centers with locations as follows:
● |
Kentucky — 28 |
● |
Metropolitan Louisville — 18 |
● |
Central Kentucky — 7 |
● |
Georgetown — 1 |
● |
Lexington — 5 |
● |
Shelbyville — 1 |
● |
Northern Kentucky — 3 |
● |
Covington — 1 |
● |
Crestview Hills — 1 |
● |
Florence — 1 |
● |
Southern Indiana — 3 |
● |
Floyds Knobs — 1 |
● |
Jeffersonville — 1 |
● |
New Albany — 1 |
● |
Metropolitan Tampa, Florida — 7 |
● |
Metropolitan Cincinnati, Ohio — 2 |
● |
Metropolitan Nashville, Tennessee — 2 |
Republic’s headquarters are in Louisville, which is the largest city in Kentucky based on population.
Traditional Banking results of operations are primarily dependent upon net interest income, which represents the difference between the interest income and fees on interest-earning assets and the interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Principal interest-earning Traditional Banking assets represent investment securities and commercial and consumer loans primarily secured by real estate and/or personal property. Interest-bearing liabilities primarily consist of interest-bearing deposit accounts, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, as well as short-term and long-term borrowing sources. FHLB advances have traditionally been a significant borrowing source for the Bank.
Other sources of Traditional Banking income include service charges on deposit accounts, debit and credit card interchange fee income, title insurance commissions, and increases in the cash surrender value of BOLI.
Traditional Banking operating expenses consist primarily of: salaries and employee benefits; technology, equipment, and communication; occupancy; interchange related expense; marketing and development; FDIC insurance expense, and various other general and administrative costs. Traditional Banking results of operations are significantly impacted by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government laws and policies, and actions of regulatory agencies.
Warehouse Lending segment — The Core Bank provides short-term, revolving credit facilities to mortgage bankers across the United States through mortgage warehouse lines of credit. These credit facilities are primarily secured by single-family, first-lien residential real estate loans. The credit facility enables the mortgage banking clients to close single-family, first-lien residential real estate loans in their own name and temporarily fund their inventory of these closed loans until the loans are sold to investors approved by the Bank. Individual loans are expected to remain on the warehouse line for an average of 15 to 30 days. Reverse mortgage loans typically remain on the line longer than conventional mortgage loans. Interest income and loan fees are accrued for each individual loan during the time the loan remains on the warehouse line and collected when the loan is sold. The Core Bank receives the sale proceeds of each loan directly from the investor and applies the funds to pay off the warehouse advance and related accrued interest and fees. The remaining proceeds are credited to the mortgage-banking client.
11
Mortgage Banking segment — Mortgage Banking activities primarily include 15-, 20- and 30-year fixed-term single-family, first-lien residential real estate loans that are originated and sold into the secondary market, primarily to the FHLMC and the FNMA. The Bank typically retains servicing on loans sold into the secondary market for loans generated in states within its footprint and generally sells servicing for loans generated in states outside of its footprint. Administration of loans with servicing retained by the Bank includes collecting principal and interest payments, escrowing funds for property taxes and property insurance, and remitting payments to secondary market investors. The Bank receives fees for performing these standard servicing functions.
Republic Processing Group
Tax Refund Solutions segment — On May 13, 2021, the Bank entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Green Dot to sell substantially all of the assets and operations of the Bank’s Tax Refund Solutions business (the “Sale Transaction”).
As a result of the Purchase Agreement, the results of operations for the Company and its TRS segment are presented within this filing to reflect continuing versus discontinued operations. TRS’s continuing operations include its immaterial RPS division and certain overhead costs previously allocated to TRS that will remain with the Bank. Discontinued operations are those sold to Green Dot.
See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” in this section of the filing.
Republic Payment Solutions division — RPS is currently managed and operated within the TRS segment’s continuing operations. The RPS division offers general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards as an issuing bank through third-party service providers. For the projected near-term, as the prepaid card program matures, the operating results of the RPS division are expected to be immaterial to the Company’s overall results of operations and will be reported as part of the TRS segment’s continuing operations. The RPS division will not be considered a separate reportable segment until such time, if any, that it meets quantitative reporting thresholds.
The Company reports fees related to RPS programs under Program fees. Additionally, the Company’s portion of interchange revenue generated by prepaid card transactions is reported as noninterest income under “Interchange fee income.”
Republic Credit Solutions segment — Through the RCS segment, the Bank offers consumer credit products. In general, the credit products are unsecured, small dollar consumer loans that are dependent on various factors. RCS loans typically earn a higher yield but also have higher credit risk compared to loans originated through the Traditional Banking segment, with a significant portion of RCS clients considered subprime or near-prime borrowers. The Bank uses third-party service providers for certain services such as marketing and loan servicing of RCS loans. Additional information regarding consumer loan products offered through RCS follows:
● | RCS line-of-credit products – Using separate third-party service providers, the Bank originates two line-of-credit products to generally subprime borrowers in multiple states. The first of these two products (the “LOC I”) has been originated by the Bank since 2014. The second (the “LOC II”) was introduced in January 2021. |
o | RCS’s LOC I represents the substantial majority of RCS activity. Elastic Marketing, LLC and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, are third-party service providers for the product and are both subject to the Bank’s oversight and supervision. Together, these companies provide the Bank with certain marketing, servicing, technology, and support services, while a separate third party provides customer support, servicing, and other services on the Bank’s behalf. The Bank is the lender for this product and is marketed as such. Further, the Bank controls the loan terms and underwriting guidelines, and the Bank exercises consumer compliance oversight of the product. |
The Bank sells participation interests in this product. These participation interests are a 90% interest in advances made to borrowers under the borrower’s line-of-credit account, and the participation interests are generally sold three business days following the Bank’s funding of the associated advances. Although the Bank retains a 10% participation interest in each advance, it maintains 100% ownership of the underlying LOC I account with each borrower. Loan balances held for sale through this program are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.
o | In January 2021, RCS began originating balances through its LOC II. One of RCS’s existing third-party service providers, subject to the Bank’s oversight and supervision, provides the Bank with marketing services and loan servicing for the LOC II product. The Bank is the lender for this product and is marketed as such. Furthermore, the |
12
Bank controls the loan terms and underwriting guidelines, and the Bank exercises consumer compliance oversight of this product. |
The Bank sells participation interests in this product. These participation interests are a 95% interest in advances made to borrowers under the borrower’s line-of-credit account, and the participation interests are generally sold three business days following the Bank’s funding of the associated advances. Although the Bank retains a 5% participation interest in each advance, it maintains 100% ownership of the underlying LOC II account with each borrower. Loan balances held for sale through this program are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.
● | RCS installment loan product – In December 2019, through RCS, the Bank began offering installment loans with terms ranging from 12 to 60 months to borrowers in multiple states. The same third-party service provider for RCS’s LOC II is the third-party service provider for the installment loans. This third-party service provider is subject to the Bank’s oversight and supervision and provides the Bank with marketing services and loan servicing for these RCS installment loans. The Bank is the lender for these RCS installment loans and is marketed as such. Furthermore, the Bank controls the loan terms and underwriting guidelines, and the Bank exercises consumer compliance oversight of this RCS installment loan product. Currently, all loan balances originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried as “held for sale” on the Bank’s balance sheet, with the intention to sell these loans to its third-party service provider generally within sixteen days following the Bank’s origination of the loans. Loans originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried at fair value under a fair-value option, with the portfolio marked to market monthly. |
● | RCS healthcare receivables products – The Bank originates healthcare-receivables products across the U.S. through two different third-party service providers. In one program, the Bank retains 100% of the receivables originated. In the other program, the Bank retains 100% of the receivables originated in some instances, and in other instances, sells 100% of the receivables within one month of origination. Loan balances held for sale through this program are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. |
The Company reports interest income and loan origination fees earned on RCS loans under “Loans, including fees,” while any gains or losses on sale and mark-to-market adjustments of RCS loans are reported as noninterest income under “Program fees.”
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
The following ASUs were adopted by the Company during the six months ended June 30, 2021:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASU. No. |
|
Topic |
|
Nature of Update |
|
Date Adopted |
|
Method of Adoption |
|
Financial Statement Impact |
2020-08 |
|
Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20,
|
|
This ASU clarifies that an entity should re-evaluate whether a callable debt security is within the scope of ASC paragraph 310-20-35-33 for each reporting period. |
|
January 1, 2021 |
|
Prospectively |
|
Immaterial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-10 |
|
Codification Improvements |
|
This ASU affects a wide variety of Topics in the Codification.
|
|
January 1, 2021 |
|
Prospectively |
|
Immaterial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01 |
|
Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope |
|
This ASU clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. The ASU also amends the expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 to capture the incremental consequences of the scope clarification and to tailor the existing guidance to derivative instruments affected by the discounting transition. |
|
January 7, 2021 |
|
Prospectively |
|
Immaterial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
Accounting Standards Update
There following ASU was issued prior to June 30, 2021 and is not yet effective for the Company’s financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Adoption |
|
Adoption |
|
Expected |
ASU. No. |
|
Topic |
|
Nature of Update |
|
Required |
|
Method |
|
Financial Impact |
2021-04 |
|
Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt— Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Issuer’s Accounting for Certain Modifications or Exchanges of Freestanding Equity-Classified Written Call Options |
|
This ASU provides guidance for a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that is not within the scope of another Topic. It specifically addresses: (1) How an entity should treat a modification of the terms or conditions or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange; (2) How an entity should measure the effect of a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange; and (3) How an entity should recognize the effect of a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that remains equity classified after modification or exchange. |
|
January 1, 2022 |
|
Prospectively |
|
Immaterial |
14
2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
The following tables summarize the amortized cost, fair value, and ACLS of AFS debt securities and the corresponding amounts of related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in AOCI:
Held-to-Maturity Debt Securities
The following tables summarize the amortized cost, fair value, and ACLS of HTM debt securities and the corresponding amounts of related gross unrecognized gains and losses:
Sales of Available-for-Sale Debt Securities
During the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, there were no material gains or losses on sales or calls of AFS debt securities.
15
Debt Securities by Contractual Maturity
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity as of June 30, 2021 follow. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are detailed separately.
Unrealized-Loss Analysis on Debt Securities
The following tables summarize AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss position for which an ACLS had not been recorded as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, aggregated by investment category and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:
As of June 30, 2021, the Bank’s security portfolio consisted of 173 securities, 25 of which were in an unrealized loss position.
As of December 31, 2020, the Bank’s security portfolio consisted of 173 securities, 19 of which were in an unrealized loss position.
As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no holdings of debt securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.
Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
As of June 30, 2021, with the exception of the $2.8 million private label mortgage-backed security, all other mortgage-backed securities and CMOs held by the Bank were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily the FHLMC and FNMA. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were gross unrealized losses of $31,000 and $13,000 related to AFS mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. Because these unrealized losses are attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Bank does not have the intent to sell these securities, and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, management does not consider these securities to have OTTI.
16
Trust Preferred Security
During 2015, the Parent Company purchased a $3 million floating rate TRUP at a price of 68% of par. The coupon on this security is based on the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 159 basis points. The Company performed an initial analysis prior to acquisition and performs ongoing analysis of the credit risk of the underlying borrower in relation to its TRUP.
Private Label Mortgage-Backed Security
The Bank owns one private label mortgage-backed security with a total carrying value of $2.8 million as of June 30, 2021. This security is mostly backed by “Alternative A” first lien mortgage loans, but also has an insurance “wrap” or guarantee as an added layer of protection to the security holder. This asset is illiquid, and as such, the Bank determined it to be a Level 3 security in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Based on this determination, the Bank utilized an income valuation model (“present value model”) approach, in determining the fair value of the security. This approach is beneficial for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, and/or where valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability. Such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used. Management’s best estimate consists of both internal and external support for this investment.
See additional discussion regarding the Bank’s private label mortgage-backed security under Footnote 10 “Fair Value” in this section of the filing.
Rollforward of the Allowance for Credit Losses on Debt Securities
The tables below present a rollforward for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 of the ACLS on AFS and HTM debt securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLS Rollforward |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2021 |
2020 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Beginning |
|
|
|
Charge- |
|
|
|
Ending |
|
Beginning |
|
|
|
Charge- |
|
|
|
Ending |
||||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
Balance |
|
Provision |
|
offs |
|
Recoveries |
|
Balance |
|
Balance |
|
Provision |
|
offs |
|
Recoveries |
|
Balance |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-Sale Securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Bonds |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
126 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
126 |
Held-to-Maturity Securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Bonds |
|
|
|
103 |
|
|
(47) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
56 |
|
|
171 |
|
|
(24) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
$ |
103 |
|
$ |
(47) |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
56 |
|
$ |
297 |
|
$ |
(24) |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company decreased the ACLS on its HTM corporate bonds during the three months ended June 30, 2021 based on improved PD and LGD estimates on these bonds. PD and LGD estimates for these bonds were elevated during 2020 due to pandemic-driven economic concerns.
The Company decreased the ACLS on its HTM corporate bonds during the six months ended June 30, 2021 based on improved PD and LGD estimates on these bonds. PD and LGD estimates for these bonds were elevated during 2020 due to pandemic-driven economic concerns.
17
There were no HTM debt securities on nonaccrual or past due over 89 days as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. All of the Company’s HTM corporate bonds were rated investment grade as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
There were no HTM debt securities considered collateral dependent as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Accrued interest on AFS debt securities is presented as a component of other assets on the Company’s balance sheet and is excluded from the ACLS. Accrued interest on AFS debt securities totaled $1 million and $1 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Accrued interest receivable on HTM debt securities totaled $93,000 and $110,000 as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Pledged Debt Securities
Debt securities pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and debt securities held for other purposes, as required or permitted by law are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount |
|
$ |
290,473 |
|
$ |
303,535 |
|
Fair value |
|
|
290,556 |
|
|
303,611 |
|
18
Equity Securities
The carrying value, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of equity securities with readily determinable fair values were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Amortized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
||||
June 30, 2021 (in thousands) |
|
Cost |
|
Gains |
|
Losses |
|
Value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freddie Mac preferred stock |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
116 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
116 |
|
Community Reinvestment Act mutual fund |
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(15) |
|
|
2,485 |
|
Total equity securities with readily determinable fair values |
|
$ |
2,500 |
|
$ |
116 |
|
$ |
(15) |
|
$ |
2,601 |
|
For equity securities with readily determinable fair values, the gross realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income were as follows:
19
3. LOANS HELD FOR SALE
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank originates for sale mortgage loans and consumer loans. Mortgage loans originated for sale are primarily originated and sold into the secondary market through the Bank’s Mortgage Banking segment, while consumer loans originated for sale are originated and sold through the RCS segment.
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value
See additional detail regarding mortgage loans originated for sale, at fair value under Footnote 11 “Mortgage Banking Activities” of this section of the filing.
Consumer Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value
In December 2019, the Bank began offering RCS installment loans with terms ranging from 12 to 60 months to borrowers in multiple states. Balances originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried as “held for sale” on the Bank’s balance sheet, with the intent to sell generally within sixteen days following the Bank’s origination of the loans. Loans originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried at fair value under a fair-value option, with the portfolio marked to market monthly.
Activity for consumer loans held for sale and carried at fair value was as follows:
Consumer Loans Held for Sale, at the Lower of Cost or Fair Value
RCS originates for sale 90% to 95% of the balances from its line-of-credit products and 100% for some of its healthcare receivables products. Ordinary gains or losses on the sale of these RCS products are reported as a component of “Program fees.”
Activity for consumer loans held for sale and carried at the lower of cost or market value was as follows:
20
4. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The composition of the loan portfolio follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
$ |
852,947 |
|
$ |
879,800 |
|
Nonowner occupied |
|
|
289,290 |
|
|
264,780 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
1,389,003 |
|
|
1,349,085 |
|
Construction & land development |
|
|
95,180 |
|
|
98,674 |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
330,302 |
|
|
325,596 |
|
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
|
250,933 |
|
|
392,319 |
|
Lease financing receivables |
|
|
9,249 |
|
|
10,130 |
|
Aircraft |
|
|
121,112 |
|
|
101,375 |
|
Home equity |
|
|
217,621 |
|
|
240,640 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
14,754 |
|
|
14,196 |
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
717 |
|
|
587 |
|
Automobile loans |
|
|
21,190 |
|
|
30,300 |
|
Other consumer |
|
|
6,796 |
|
|
8,167 |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
3,599,094 |
|
|
3,715,649 |
|
Warehouse lines of credit* |
|
|
840,155 |
|
|
962,796 |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
4,439,249 |
|
|
4,678,445 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group*: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Other TRS loans |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
114,949 |
|
|
110,893 |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
114,949 |
|
|
110,893 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans** |
|
|
4,554,198 |
|
|
4,789,338 |
|
Allowance for credit losses |
|
|
(60,291) |
|
|
(61,067) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans, net |
|
$ |
4,493,907 |
|
$ |
4,728,271 |
|
*Identifies loans to borrowers located primarily outside of the Bank’s market footprint.
**Total loans are presented inclusive of premiums, discounts and net loan origination fees and costs. See table directly below for expanded detail.
The following table reconciles the contractually receivable and carrying amounts of loans:
21
Paycheck Protection Program
The CARES Act was enacted in March 2020 and provided for the SBA’s PPP, which allowed the Bank to lend to its qualifying small business clients to assist them in their efforts to meet their cash-flow needs during the COVID-19 pandemic. The Economic Aid Act was enacted in December 2020 and provided for a second round of PPP loans. PPP loans are fully backed by the SBA and may be entirely forgiven if the loan client uses loan funds for qualifying reasons. As of June 30, 2021, net PPP loans of $251 million remained on the Bank’s balance sheet, including $53 million in loan balances originated during 2020, $207 million in loan balances originated during 2021, and $9 million of unaccreted PPP lender fees reported as a credit offset to these originated balances. Unaccreted PPP lender fees will generally be recognized into income over the estimated remaining life of the PPP portfolio, with fee recognition accelerated if loans are forgiven or repaid earlier than estimated.
To provide liquidity to banks administering the SBA’s PPP, the FRB created the PPPLF, a lending facility secured by the PPP loans of the participating banks. As of June 30, 2021, the Bank had no outstanding borrowings from the FRB under the PPPLF.
22
Credit Quality Indicators
The following tables include loans by segment, risk category, and, for non-revolving loans, origination year. Loan segments and risk categories as of June 30, 2021 remain unchanged from those defined in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. Regarding origination year, loan extensions and renewals are generally considered originated in the year extended or renewed unless the loan is classified as a TDR. Loan extensions and renewals classified as TDRs generally receive no change in origination date upon extension or renewal.
23
24
25
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans
The following table presents the activity in the ACLL by portfolio class:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLL Rollforward |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Beginning |
|
|
|
Charge- |
|
|
|
Ending |
|
Beginning |
|
|
|
|
Charge- |
|
|
|
Ending |
||||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
Balance |
|
Provision |
|
offs |
|
Recoveries |
|
Balance |
|
Balance |
|
|
Provision |
|
offs |
|
Recoveries |
|
Balance |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
|
$ |
9,489 |
|
$ |
(530) |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
18 |
|
$ |
8,977 |
|
$ |
9,387 |
|
|
$ |
(127) |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
43 |
|
$ |
9,303 |
Nonowner occupied |
|
|
|
2,532 |
|
|
18 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1 |
|
|
2,551 |
|
|
2,165 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2 |
|
|
2,274 |
Commercial real estate |
|
|
|
23,801 |
|
|
(506) |
|
|
— |
|
|
12 |
|
|
23,307 |
|
|
13,381 |
|
|
|
3,187 |
|
|
(270) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
16,300 |
Construction & land development |
|
|
|
3,593 |
|
|
(294) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,299 |
|
|
4,536 |
|
|
|
404 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,940 |
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
|
2,718 |
|
|
1,395 |
|
|
— |
|
|
4 |
|
|
4,117 |
|
|
2,541 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
(192) |
|
|
41 |
|
|
2,405 |
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Lease financing receivables |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
(7) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
97 |
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
125 |
Aircraft |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
38 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
303 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
208 |
Home equity |
|
|
|
4,615 |
|
|
(344) |
|
|
— |
|
|
34 |
|
|
4,305 |
|
|
5,290 |
|
|
|
(178) |
|
|
— |
|
|
12 |
|
|
5,124 |
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
|
930 |
|
|
42 |
|
|
(33) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
949 |
|
|
978 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
(71) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
928 |
Overdrafts |
|
|
|
473 |
|
|
281 |
|
|
(111) |
|
|
74 |
|
|
717 |
|
|
758 |
|
|
|
(189) |
|
|
(159) |
|
|
78 |
|
|
488 |
Automobile loans |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
(66) |
|
|
— |
|
|
5 |
|
|
273 |
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
(74) |
|
|
— |
|
|
1 |
|
|
473 |
Other consumer |
|
|
|
533 |
|
|
(57) |
|
|
(17) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
467 |
|
|
639 |
|
|
|
(57) |
|
|
(8) |
|
|
35 |
|
|
609 |
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
|
49,387 |
|
|
(30) |
|
|
(161) |
|
|
166 |
|
|
49,362 |
|
|
40,554 |
|
|
|
3,104 |
|
|
(700) |
|
|
219 |
|
|
43,177 |
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
|
2,165 |
|
|
(65) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,100 |
|
|
2,126 |
|
|
|
449 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,575 |
Total Core Banking |
|
|
|
51,552 |
|
|
(95) |
|
|
(161) |
|
|
166 |
|
|
51,462 |
|
|
42,680 |
|
|
|
3,553 |
|
|
(700) |
|
|
219 |
|
|
45,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
|
16,019 |
|
|
(5,793) |
|
|
(10,256) |
|
|
30 |
|
|
— |
|
|
15,270 |
|
|
|
4,305 |
|
|
(19,575) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Other TRS loans |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
20 |
|
|
(30) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
(28) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
211 |
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
|
7,755 |
|
|
1,592 |
|
|
(597) |
|
|
79 |
|
|
8,829 |
|
|
12,386 |
|
|
|
(1,443) |
|
|
(2,008) |
|
|
199 |
|
|
9,134 |
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
|
23,784 |
|
|
(4,181) |
|
|
(10,883) |
|
|
109 |
|
|
8,829 |
|
|
27,751 |
|
|
|
3,005 |
|
|
(21,611) |
|
|
200 |
|
|
9,345 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
$ |
75,336 |
|
$ |
(4,276) |
|
$ |
(11,044) |
|
$ |
275 |
|
$ |
60,291 |
|
$ |
70,431 |
|
|
$ |
6,558 |
|
$ |
(22,311) |
|
$ |
419 |
|
$ |
55,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
The cumulative loss rate used as the basis for the estimate of the Company’s ACLL as of June 30, 2021 was primarily based on a static pool analysis of each of the Company’s loan pools using the Company’s loss experience from 2013 through 2020, supplemented by qualitative factor adjustments for current and forecasted conditions. The Company employs one-year forecasts of unemployment and CRE values within its ACLL model, with reversion to long-term averages following the forecasted period. The cumulative loss rate within the Company’s ACLL also includes estimated losses based on an individual evaluation of loans which are either collateral dependent or which do not share risk characteristics with pooled loans, e.g., TDRs.
For its CRE loan pool, the Company employed a one-year forecast of CRE vacancy rates through March 31, 2021 but discontinued use of this forecast during the second quarter of 2021 in favor of a one-year forecast of general CRE values. This change in forecast method had no material impact on the Company’s ACLL.
27
Nonperforming Loans and Nonperforming Assets
Detail of nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, and select credit quality ratios follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans on nonaccrual status* |
|
$ |
21,621 |
|
$ |
23,548 |
|
Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual** |
|
|
723 |
|
|
47 |
|
Total nonperforming loans |
|
|
22,344 |
|
|
23,595 |
|
Other real estate owned |
|
|
1,898 |
|
|
2,499 |
|
Total nonperforming assets |
|
$ |
24,242 |
|
$ |
26,094 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Total Company: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming loans to total loans |
|
|
0.49 |
% |
|
0.49 |
% |
Nonperforming assets to total loans (including OREO) |
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
0.54 |
|
Nonperforming assets to total assets |
|
|
0.39 |
|
|
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Core Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming loans to total loans |
|
|
0.49 |
% |
|
0.50 |
% |
Nonperforming assets to total loans (including OREO) |
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
0.56 |
|
Nonperforming assets to total assets |
|
|
0.42 |
|
|
0.45 |
|
* |
Loans on nonaccrual status include collateral-dependent loans. |
** |
Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still accruing consist of smaller balance consumer loans. |
28
The following tables present the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual by class of loans:
* Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still accruing consist of smaller balance consumer loans.
* Includes interest income for loans on nonaccrual as of the beginning of the period that were paid off during the period.
29
* Includes interest income for loans on nonaccrual as of the beginning of the period that were paid off during the period.
Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual include both smaller balance, primarily retail, homogeneous loans. Nonaccrual loans are typically returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and held current for six consecutive months and future contractual payments are reasonably assured. TDRs on nonaccrual status are reviewed for return to accrual status on an individual basis, with additional consideration given to performance under the modified terms.
Delinquent Loans
The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in loans by class of loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 - 59 |
|
60 - 89 |
|
90 or More |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
June 30, 2021 |
Days |
|
Days |
|
Days |
|
Total |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
Delinquent |
|
Delinquent |
|
Delinquent* |
|
Delinquent** |
|
Current |
|
Total |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
$ |
1,323 |
|
$ |
425 |
|
$ |
860 |
|
$ |
2,608 |
|
$ |
850,339 |
|
$ |
852,947 |
|
Nonowner occupied |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
289,290 |
|
|
289,290 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
1,644 |
|
|
127 |
|
|
5,045 |
|
|
6,816 |
|
|
1,382,187 |
|
|
1,389,003 |
|
Construction & land development |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
95,180 |
|
|
95,180 |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
— |
|
|
12 |
|
|
— |
|
|
12 |
|
|
330,290 |
|
|
330,302 |
|
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
250,933 |
|
|
250,933 |
|
Lease financing receivables |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
9,249 |
|
|
9,249 |
|
Aircraft |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
121,112 |
|
|
121,112 |
|
Home equity |
|
|
37 |
|
|
— |
|
|
212 |
|
|
249 |
|
|
217,372 |
|
|
217,621 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
47 |
|
|
17 |
|
|
— |
|
|
64 |
|
|
14,690 |
|
|
14,754 |
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
143 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
145 |
|
|
572 |
|
|
717 |
|
Automobile loans |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
11 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
21,179 |
|
|
21,190 |
|
Other consumer |
|
|
1 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
4 |
|
|
6,792 |
|
|
6,796 |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
3,195 |
|
|
585 |
|
|
6,129 |
|
|
9,909 |
|
|
3,589,185 |
|
|
3,599,094 |
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
840,155 |
|
|
840,155 |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
3,195 |
|
|
585 |
|
|
6,129 |
|
|
9,909 |
|
|
4,429,340 |
|
|
4,439,249 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Other TRS loans |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
6,068 |
|
|
2,018 |
|
|
723 |
|
|
8,809 |
|
|
106,140 |
|
|
114,949 |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
6,068 |
|
|
2,018 |
|
|
723 |
|
|
8,809 |
|
|
106,140 |
|
|
114,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
9,263 |
|
$ |
2,603 |
|
$ |
6,852 |
|
$ |
18,718 |
|
$ |
4,535,480 |
|
$ |
4,554,198 |
|
Delinquency ratio*** |
|
|
0.20 |
% |
|
0.06 |
% |
|
0.15 |
% |
|
0.41 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
* All loans past due 90-days-or-more, excluding small balance consumer loans, were on nonaccrual status.
** Delinquent status may be determined by either the number of days past due or number of payments past due.
*** Represents total loans 30-days-or-more past due by aging category divided by total loans.
30
* All loans past due 90-days-or-more, excluding smaller balance consumer loans, were on nonaccrual status.
** Delinquent status may be determined by either the number of days past due or number of payments past due.
*** Represents total loans 30-days-or-more past due by aging category divided by total loans.
31
Collateral-Dependent Loans
The following table presents the amortized cost basis of collateral-dependent loans by class of loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
||||||||
|
|
Secured |
|
Secured |
|
Secured |
|
Secured |
||||
|
|
by Real |
|
by Personal |
|
by Real |
|
by Personal |
||||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
Estate |
|
Property |
|
Estate |
|
Property |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
$ |
13,711 |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
17,212 |
|
$ |
— |
Nonowner occupied |
|
|
102 |
|
|
— |
|
|
81 |
|
|
— |
Commercial real estate |
|
|
9,084 |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,205 |
|
|
— |
Construction & land development |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
12 |
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Lease financing receivables |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Aircraft |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
Home equity |
|
|
1,915 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,899 |
|
|
— |
Consumer |
|
|
— |
|
|
162 |
|
|
— |
|
|
237 |
Total Traditional Banking |
|
$ |
24,812 |
|
$ |
162 |
|
$ |
30,397 |
|
$ |
249 |
Collateral-dependent loans are generally secured by real estate or personal property. If there is insufficient collateral value to secure the Company’s recorded investment in these loans, they are charged down to collateral value less estimated selling cost, when selling costs are applicable. Selling costs range from 10%-13%, with those percentages based on annual studies performed by the Company.
32
Troubled Debt Restructurings
A TDR is a situation where, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise have considered. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of their debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed in accordance with the Bank’s internal underwriting policy.
The majority of the Bank’s commercial-related and construction TDRs involve a restructuring of financing terms, such as a reduction in the payment amount to require only interest and escrow (if required) and/or extending the maturity date of the debt. The substantial majority of the Bank’s residential real estate TDR concessions involve reducing the client’s loan payment through a rate reduction for a set period based on the borrower’s ability to service the modified loan payment. Retail loans may also be classified as TDRs due to legal modifications, such as bankruptcies.
Nonaccrual loans modified as TDRs typically remain on nonaccrual status and continue to be reported as nonperforming loans for a minimum of six consecutive months. Accruing loans modified as TDRs are evaluated for nonaccrual status based on a current evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and ability and willingness to service the modified debt. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, $7 million and $7 million of TDRs were on nonaccrual status.
Detail of TDRs differentiated by loan type and accrual status follows:
33
The Bank considers a TDR to be performing to its modified terms if the loan is in accrual status and not past due 30-days-or-more as of the reporting date. A summary of the categories of TDR loan modifications outstanding and respective performance under modified terms as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 follows:
As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, 82% and 83% of the Bank’s TDR balances were performing according to their modified terms. The Bank had provided $1 million and $1 million of specific ACLL allocations to clients whose loan terms have been modified in TDRs as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Bank had no commitments to lend any additional material amounts to its existing TDR relationships as of June 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020.
34
A summary of the categories of TDR loan modifications by respective performance as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 that were modified during the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 follows:
The tables above are inclusive of loans that were TDRs at the end of previous periods and were re-modified, e.g., a maturity date extension during the current period.
As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, 85% and 57% of the Bank’s TDR balances that occurred during the second quarters of 2021 and 2020 were performing according to their modified terms. The Bank provided approximately $18,000 and $0 in specific ACLL allocations to clients whose loan terms were modified in TDRs during the second quarters of 2021 and 2020.
There was no significant change between the pre and post modification loan balances for the three months ending June 30, 2021 and 2020.
35
A summary of the categories of TDR loan modifications by respective performance as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 that were modified during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 follows:
The tables above are inclusive of loans that were TDRs at the end of previous periods and were re-modified, e.g., a maturity date extension during the current period.
As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, 67% and 66% of the Bank’s TDR balances that occurred during the first six months of 2021 and 2020 were performing according to their modified terms. The Bank provided approximately $35,000 and $28,000 in specific ACLL allocations to clients whose loan terms were modified in TDRs during the first six months of 2021 and 2020.
There was no significant change between the pre and post modification loan balances for the six months ending June 30, 2021 and 2020.
36
The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous 12 months of June 30, 2021 and 2020 and for which there was a payment default during the three and/or six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
COVID-19 Loan Accommodations
The CARES Act provided several forms of economic relief designed to defray the impact of COVID-19. In April 2020, through its own independent relief efforts and CARES Act provisions, the Company began offering loan accommodations through deferrals and forbearances. These accommodations were generally under three-month terms for commercial clients, with residential and consumer accommodations in line with prevailing regulatory and legal parameters. Loans that received an accommodation were generally not considered troubled debt restructurings by the Company if such loans were not greater than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019.
As of June 30, 2021, $25 million, or 1% of the Company’s Traditional Bank portfolio remained under a COVID-19 hardship accommodation.
Foreclosures
The following table presents the carrying amount of foreclosed properties held as a result of the Bank obtaining physical possession of such properties:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
496 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
1,898 |
|
|
2,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other real estate owned |
|
$ |
1,898 |
|
$ |
2,499 |
|
The following table presents the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process according to requirements of the applicable jurisdiction:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recorded investment in consumer residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure |
|
$ |
433 |
|
$ |
981 |
|
37
Easy Advances
The Company’s TRS segment offered its EA product during the first two months of 2021 and 2020. During the first quarter of each year, the Company bases its estimated Provision for EAs on the current year’s EA delinquency information and the prior year’s tax refund payment patterns subsequent to the first quarter. Each year, all unpaid EAs are charged off by June 30th, and each quarter thereafter, any credits to the Provision for EAs matches the recovery of previously charged-off accounts.
See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” in this section of the filing.
Information regarding EAs follows:
5. DEPOSITS
The composition of the deposit portfolio follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand |
|
$ |
1,231,449 |
|
$ |
1,217,263 |
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
810,307 |
|
|
712,824 |
|
Savings |
|
|
281,164 |
|
|
236,335 |
|
Individual retirement accounts (1) |
|
|
46,694 |
|
|
47,889 |
|
Time deposits, $250 and over (1) |
|
|
78,702 |
|
|
83,448 |
|
Other certificates of deposit (1) |
|
|
171,995 |
|
|
199,214 |
|
Reciprocal money market and time deposits (1) |
|
|
301,384 |
|
|
314,109 |
|
Brokered deposits (1) |
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
25,010 |
|
Total Core Bank interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
2,951,695 |
|
|
2,836,092 |
|
Total Core Bank noninterest-bearing deposits |
|
|
1,622,279 |
|
|
1,503,662 |
|
Total Core Bank deposits |
|
|
4,573,974 |
|
|
4,339,754 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
3,450 |
|
|
6,673 |
|
Total RPG interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
3,450 |
|
|
6,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokered prepaid card deposits |
|
|
334,967 |
|
|
257,856 |
|
Other noninterest-bearing deposits |
|
|
58,203 |
|
|
110,021 |
|
Total RPG noninterest-bearing deposits |
|
|
393,170 |
|
|
367,877 |
|
Total RPG deposits |
|
|
396,620 |
|
|
374,550 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits of discontinued operations (2) |
|
|
46,984 |
|
|
18,877 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deposits |
|
$ |
5,017,578 |
|
$ |
4,733,181 |
|
(1) | Includes time deposit |
(2) | See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” in this section of the filing. |
38
6. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase consist of short-term excess funds from correspondent banks, repurchase agreements and overnight liabilities to deposit clients arising from the Bank’s treasury management program. While comparable to deposits in their transactional nature, these overnight liabilities to clients are in the form of repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements collateralized by securities are treated as financings; accordingly, the securities involved with the agreements are recorded as assets and are held by a safekeeping agent and the obligations to repurchase the securities are reflected as liabilities. Should the fair value of currently pledged securities fall below the associated repurchase agreements, the Bank would be required to pledge additional securities. To mitigate the risk of under collateralization, the Bank typically pledges at least two percent more in securities than the associated repurchase agreements. All such securities are under the Bank’s control.
As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, all securities sold under agreements to repurchase had overnight maturities. Additional information regarding securities sold under agreements to repurchase follows:
39
7. RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS AND OPERATING LEASE LIABILITIES
The Company records as operating lease liabilities the present value of its required minimum lease payments plus any amounts probable of being owed under a residual value guarantee. Offsetting these operating lease liabilities, the Company records right-of-use assets for the underlying leased property.
As of June 30, 2021, the Company was under 45 separate and distinct operating lease contracts to lease the land and/or buildings for 36 of its offices, with 14 such operating leases contracted with a related party of the Company. As of June 30, 2021, payments on 24 of the Company’s operating leases were considered variable because such payments were adjustable based on periodic changes in the Consumer Price Index.
The Company executed no new operating leases during 2021. The Company renewed a related-party lease on one of its Louisville, Kentucky banking centers during the fourth quarter of 2020 that commenced in January 2021 with a right-of-use asset value of $392,000. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company extended one third-party lease for an additional five years, with the extended term beginning during the third quarter of 2021 and valued at approximately $263,000.
The following table presents information concerning the Company’s operating lease expense recorded as a noninterest expense within the “Occupancy” category for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020:
The following table presents the weighted average remaining term and weighted average discount rate for the Company’s non-short-term operating leases as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
40
The following table presents a maturity schedule of the Company’s operating lease liabilities based on undiscounted cash flows, and a reconciliation of those undiscounted cash flows to the operating lease liabilities recognized on the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2021:
8. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES
FHLB advances were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overnight advances |
|
$ |
25,000 |
|
$ |
225,000 |
|
Fixed interest rate advances |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,000 |
|
Total FHLB advances |
|
$ |
25,000 |
|
$ |
235,000 |
|
Each FHLB advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances that are paid off earlier than maturity. FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket pledge of eligible real estate loans. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Republic had available borrowing capacity of $909 million and $683 million, respectively, from the FHLB. In addition to its borrowing capacity with the FHLB, Republic also had unsecured lines of credit totaling $125 million available through various other financial institutions as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Aggregate future principal payments on FHLB advances based on contractual maturity and the weighted average cost of such advances are detailed below:
41
Due to their nature, the Bank considers average balance information more meaningful than period-end balances for its overnight borrowings from the FHLB. Information regarding overnight FHLB advances follows:
The following table illustrates real estate loans pledged to collateralize advances and letters of credit with the FHLB:
42
9. OFF BALANCE SHEET RISKS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
COVID-19 Pandemic
COVID-19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization on March 11, 2020. Since March 2020, to slow the spread of COVID-19, jurisdictions within the U.S. have imposed economic and social restrictions on the population in general and non-essential businesses in particular. These restrictions in combination with the public’s response to them effectively suspended or curtailed economic activity for many industries across the U.S., with industries in the Company’s market footprint impacted.
While vaccines for the virus began rolling out during 2021, the future potential financial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is still unknown at this time. This pandemic and the public’s response to it could cause the Company to experience a material adverse impact on its business operations, asset valuations, financial condition, and results of operations. Material adverse impacts may include all or a combination of valuation impairments on the Company’s intangible assets, investments, loans, MSRs, deferred tax assets, or counterparty risk derivatives.
Commitments to Extend Credit
The Company, in the normal course of business, is party to financial instruments with off balance sheet risk. These financial instruments primarily include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the potential future obligations of the Company pursuant to those financial instruments. Creditworthiness for all instruments is evaluated on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Company’s credit policies. Collateral from the client may be required based on the Company’s credit evaluation of the client and may include business assets of commercial clients, as well as personal property and real estate of individual clients or guarantors.
The Company also extends binding commitments to clients and prospective clients. Such commitments assure a borrower of financing for a specified period of time at a specified rate. The risk to the Company under such loan commitments is limited by the terms of the contracts. For example, the Company may not be obligated to advance funds if the client’s financial condition deteriorates or if the client fails to meet specific covenants.
An approved but unfunded loan commitment represents a potential credit risk and a liquidity risk, since the Company’s client(s) may demand immediate cash that would require funding. In addition, unfunded loan commitments represent interest rate risk as market interest rates may rise above the rate committed to the Company’s client. Since a portion of these loan commitments normally expire unused, the total amount of outstanding commitments at any point in time may not require future funding.
The following table presents the Company’s commitments, exclusive of Mortgage Banking loan commitments, for each period ended:
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a client to a third-party. The terms and risk of loss involved in issuing standby letters of credit are similar to those involved in issuing loan commitments and extending credit. In addition to credit risk, the Company also has liquidity risk associated with standby letters of credit because funding for these obligations could be required immediately. The Company does not deem this risk to be material.
43
The following tables present a rollforward of the ACLC for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020:
The Company decreased its ACLC during the three months ended June 30, 2021 based on a decrease in the expected loss rate and the expected usage rate for its unused commitments.
The Company decreased its ACLC during the six months ended June 30, 2021 based on a decrease in the expected loss rate and the expected usage rate for its unused commitments.
44
10. FAIR VALUE
Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
The Bank used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of each type of financial instrument:
Available-for-sale debt securities: Except for the Bank’s private label mortgage-backed security and its TRUP investment, the fair value of AFS debt securities is typically determined by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs).
The Bank’s private label mortgage-backed security remains illiquid, and as such, the Bank classifies this security as a Level 3 security in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Based on this determination, the Bank utilized an income valuation model (present value model) approach in determining the fair value of this security.
See in this section of the filing under Footnote 2 “Investment Securities” for additional discussion regarding the Bank’s private label mortgage-backed security.
For its TRUP investment, the Company considered the most recent bid price for the same instrument to approximate market value as of June 30, 2021. The Company’s TRUP investment is considered highly illiquid and also valued using Level 3 inputs, as the most recent bid price for this instrument is not always considered generally observable.
Equity securities with readily determinable fair value: Quoted market prices in an active market are available for the Bank’s Community Reinvestment Act mutual fund investment and fall within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
The fair value of the Company’s Freddie Mac preferred stock is determined by matrix pricing, as described above (Level 2 inputs).
Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value: The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices. Mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Consumer loans held for sale, at fair value: In December 2019, the Bank began offering RCS installment loans with terms ranging from 12 to 60 months to borrowers in multiple states. Balances originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried as “held for sale” on the Bank’s balance sheet, with the intent to sell sixteen days following the Bank’s origination of the loans. Loans originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried at fair value under a fair-value option, with the portfolio marked to market monthly. Fair value for these loans is based on contractual sales terms, Level 3 inputs.
Consumer loans held for investment, at fair value: The Bank held an immaterial amount of consumer loans at fair value through a consumer loan program the Company is currently unwinding. The fair value of these loans was based on the discounted cash flows of the underlying loans, Level 3 inputs. Further disclosure of these loans is considered immaterial and thus omitted.
45
Mortgage Banking derivatives: Mortgage Banking derivatives used in the ordinary course of business primarily consist of mandatory forward sales contracts (“forward contracts”) and interest rate lock loan commitments. The fair value of the Bank’s derivative instruments is primarily measured by obtaining pricing from broker-dealers recognized to be market participants. The pricing is derived from market observable inputs that can generally be verified and do not typically involve significant judgment by the Bank. Forward contracts and rate lock loan commitments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
Interest rate swap agreements: Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company values its interest rate swaps using a third-party valuation service and classifies such valuations as Level 2. Valuations of these interest rate swaps are also received from the relevant dealer counterparty and validated against the Company’s calculations. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap liabilities.
Collateral-dependent loans: Collateral-dependent loans generally reflect partial charge-downs to their respective fair value, which is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals or BPOs. These appraisals or BPOs may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the process by the independent experts to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Collateral-dependent loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.
Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals or BPOs. These appraisals or BPOs may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the process by the independent experts to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.
Mortgage servicing rights: On at least a quarterly basis, MSRs are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the MSRs as compared to carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an individual tranche exceeds fair value, impairment is recorded, and the respective individual tranche is carried at fair value. If the carrying amount of an individual tranche does not exceed fair value, impairment is reversed if previously recognized and the carrying value of the individual tranche is based on the amortization method. The valuation model utilizes assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income and can generally be validated against available market data (Level 2).
46
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial assets and liabilities for which the Bank has elected the fair value option, are summarized below. Information as of June 30, 2021 is presented net of any applicable ACL.
47
All transfers between levels are generally recognized at the end of each quarter. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, 2, or 3 assets during the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
Private Label Mortgage-Backed Security
The following table presents a reconciliation of the Bank’s private label mortgage-backed security measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):
The fair value of the Bank’s single private label mortgage-backed security is supported by analysis prepared by an independent third party. The third party’s approach to determining fair value involved several steps: 1) detailed collateral analysis of the underlying mortgages, including consideration of geographic location, original loan-to-value and the weighted average FICO score of the borrowers; 2) collateral performance projections for each pool of mortgages underlying the security (probability of default, severity of default, and prepayment probabilities) and 3) discounted cash flow modeling.
The significant unobservable inputs in the fair value measurement of the Bank’s single private label mortgage-backed security are prepayment rates, probability of default and loss severity in the event of default. Significant fluctuations in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly different fair value measurement.
48
Quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value measurement inputs for the Bank’s single private label mortgage-backed security follows:
Trust Preferred Security
The following table presents a reconciliation of the Company’s TRUP measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of period |
|
$ |
3,650 |
|
$ |
4,100 |
|
$ |
3,800 |
|
$ |
4,000 |
|
Total gains or losses included in earnings: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount accretion |
|
|
13 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
26 |
|
|
22 |
|
Net change in unrealized gain |
|
|
37 |
|
|
(611) |
|
|
(126) |
|
|
(522) |
|
Balance, end of period |
|
$ |
3,700 |
|
$ |
3,500 |
|
$ |
3,700 |
|
$ |
3,500 |
|
The fair value of the Company’s TRUP investment is based on the most recent bid price for this instrument, as provided by a third-party broker.
49
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The Bank has elected the fair value option for mortgage loans held for sale. These loans are intended for sale and the Bank believes that the fair value is the best indicator of the resolution of these loans. Interest income is recorded based on the contractual terms of the loans and in accordance with Bank policy for such instruments. None of these loans were past due 90-days-or-more or on nonaccrual as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
The aggregate fair value, contractual balance, and unrealized gain were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate fair value |
|
$ |
32,401 |
|
$ |
46,867 |
|
Contractual balance |
|
|
31,469 |
|
|
44,781 |
|
Unrealized gain |
|
|
932 |
|
|
2,086 |
|
The total amount of gains and losses from changes in fair value included in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 for mortgage loans held for sale are presented in the following table:
Consumer Loans Held for Sale
RCS carries loans originated through its installment loan program at fair value. Interest income is recorded based on the contractual terms of the loan and in accordance with Bank policy for such instruments. None of these loans were past due 90-days-or-more or on nonaccrual as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
The significant unobservable inputs in the fair value measurement of the Bank’s short-term installment loans are the net contractual premiums and level of loans sold at a discount price. Significant fluctuations in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower/higher fair value measurement.
The following table presents quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value measurement inputs for installment loans:
50
The aggregate fair value, contractual balance, and unrealized gain on consumer loans held for sale, at fair value, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate fair value |
|
$ |
13,020 |
|
$ |
3,298 |
|
Contractual balance |
|
|
12,928 |
|
|
3,284 |
|
Unrealized gain |
|
|
92 |
|
|
14 |
|
The total amount of net gains from changes in fair value included in earnings for consumer loans held for sale, at fair value, are presented in the following table:
51
Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:
* |
The difference between the carrying value and the fair value of collateral-dependent loans measured at fair value is reconciled in a subsequent table of this Footnote. |
52
The following tables present quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:
53
Collateral Dependent Loans
Collateral-dependent loans are generally measured for loss using the fair value for reasonable disposition of the underlying collateral. The Bank’s practice is to obtain new or updated appraisals or BPOs on the loans subject to the initial review and then to evaluate the need for an update to this value on an as-necessary or possibly annual basis thereafter (depending on the market conditions impacting the value of the collateral). The Bank may discount the valuation amount as necessary for selling costs and past due real estate taxes. If a new or updated appraisal or BPO is not available at the time of a loan’s loss review, the Bank may apply a discount to the existing value of an old valuation to reflect the property’s current estimated value if it is believed to have deteriorated in either: (i) the physical or economic aspects of the subject property or (ii) material changes in market conditions. The review generally results in a partial charge-off of the loan if fair value, less selling costs, are below the loan’s carrying value. Collateral-dependent loans are valued within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Collateral-dependent loans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision on collateral-dependent |
|
$ |
45 |
|
$ |
98 |
|
$ |
45 |
|
$ |
128 |
|
Other Real Estate Owned
Details of other real estate owned carrying value and write downs follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other real estate owned carried at fair value |
|
$ |
1,898 |
|
$ |
2,003 |
|
Other real estate owned carried at cost |
|
|
— |
|
|
496 |
|
Total carrying value of other real estate owned |
|
$ |
1,898 |
|
$ |
2,499 |
|
54
The carrying amounts and estimated exit price fair values of all financial instruments follow:
55
56
11. MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES
Mortgage Banking activities primarily include residential mortgage originations and servicing.
Activity for mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value, was as follows:
The following table presents the components of Mortgage Banking income:
Activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights was as follows:
Activity in the valuation allowance for capitalized mortgage servicing rights follows:
57
Other information relating to mortgage servicing rights follows:
* |
Rates are applied to individual tranches with similar characteristics. |
Mortgage Banking derivatives used in the ordinary course of business primarily consist of mandatory forward sales contracts and interest rate lock loan commitments. Mandatory forward contracts represent future commitments to deliver loans at a specified price and date and are used to manage interest rate risk on loan commitments and mortgage loans held for sale. Interest rate lock loan commitments represent commitments to fund loans at a specific rate. These derivatives involve underlying items, such as interest rates, and are designed to transfer risk. Substantially all of these instruments expire within 90 days from the date of issuance. Notional amounts are amounts on which calculations and payments are based, but which do not represent credit exposure, as credit exposure is limited to the amounts required to be received or paid.
Mandatory forward contracts also contain an element of risk in that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of such agreements. In the event the counterparties fail to deliver commitments or are unable to fulfill their obligations, the Bank could potentially incur significant additional costs by replacing the positions at then current market rates. The Bank manages its risk of exposure by limiting counterparties to those banks and institutions deemed appropriate by management and the Board of Directors. The Bank does not expect any counterparty to default on their obligations and therefore, the Bank does not expect to incur any cost related to counterparty default.
The Bank is exposed to interest rate risk on loans held for sale and rate lock loan commitments. As market interest rates fluctuate, the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale and rate lock commitments will decline or increase. To offset this interest rate risk the Bank enters into derivatives, such as mandatory forward contracts to sell loans. The fair value of these mandatory forward contracts will fluctuate as market interest rates fluctuate, and the change in the value of these instruments is expected to largely, though not entirely, offset the change in fair value of loans held for sale and rate lock commitments. The objective of this activity is to minimize the exposure to losses on rate lock loan commitments and loans held for sale due to market interest rate fluctuations. The net effect of derivatives on earnings will depend on risk management activities and a variety of other factors, including: market interest rate volatility; the amount of rate lock commitments that close; the ability to fill the forward contracts before expiration; and the time period required to close and sell loans.
The following table includes the notional amounts and fair values of mortgage loans held for sale and mortgage banking derivatives as of the period ends presented:
58
12. INTEREST RATE SWAPS
Interest Rate Swaps Used as Cash Flow Hedges
The Bank entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“swaps”) during 2013 as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. The Bank designated these swaps as cash flow hedges intended to reduce the variability in cash flows attributable to either FHLB advances tied to the 3-month LIBOR or the overall changes in cash flows on certain money market deposit accounts tied to the 1-month LIBOR. Both swaps matured in December 2020.
The following table reflects the total interest expense recorded on these swap transactions in the consolidated statements of income:
The following table presents the net gains (losses) recorded in OCI and the consolidated statements of income relating to the swaps designated as cash flow hedges:
Non-hedge Interest Rate Swaps
The Bank enters into interest rate swaps to facilitate client transactions and meet their financing needs. Upon entering into these instruments to meet client needs, the Bank enters into offsetting positions in order to minimize the Bank’s interest rate risk. These swaps are derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, and therefore changes in fair value are reported in current year earnings.
Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of dealing with counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or client owes the Bank, and results in credit risk to the Bank. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Bank owes the client or counterparty, and therefore, has no credit risk.
A summary of the Bank’s interest rate swaps related to clients is included in the following table:
59
The Bank is required to pledge securities as collateral when the Bank is in a net loss position for all swaps with dealer counterparties when such net loss positions exceed $250,000. The fair value of cash or investment securities pledged as collateral by the Bank to cover such net loss positions totaled $7.9 million and $13.3 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
13. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Company calculates earnings per share under the two-class method. Under the two-class method, earnings available to common shareholders for the period are allocated between Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The difference in earnings per share between the two classes of common stock results from the 10% per share cash dividend premium paid on Class A Common Stock over that paid on Class B Common Stock.
A reconciliation of the combined Class A and Class B Common Stock numerators and denominators of the earnings per share and diluted earnings per share computations is presented below:
* |
To arrive at undistributed earnings per share, undistributed net income is first prorated between Class A and Class B Common Shares, with Class A Common Shares receiving a 10% premium. The resulting pro-rated, undistributed net income for each class is then divided by the weighted average shares for each class. |
60
Stock options excluded from the detailed earnings per share calculation because their impact was antidilutive are as follows:
61
14. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
OCI components and related tax effects were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in unrealized gains and losses on AFS debt securities |
|
$ |
(614) |
|
$ |
1,099 |
|
$ |
(2,643) |
|
$ |
8,876 |
|
Change in unrealized gain of AFS debt security for which a portion of OTTI has been recognized in earnings |
|
|
34 |
|
|
(108) |
|
|
49 |
|
|
(107) |
|
Net unrealized (losses) gains |
|
|
(580) |
|
|
991 |
|
|
(2,594) |
|
|
8,769 |
|
Tax effect |
|
|
145 |
|
|
(248) |
|
|
648 |
|
|
(2,193) |
|
Net of tax |
|
|
(435) |
|
|
743 |
|
|
(1,946) |
|
|
6,576 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flow Hedges: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges |
|
|
— |
|
|
(10) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(171) |
|
Reclassification amount for net derivative losses realized in income |
|
|
— |
|
|
79 |
|
|
— |
|
|
108 |
|
Net gains (losses) |
|
|
— |
|
|
69 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(63) |
|
Tax effect |
|
|
— |
|
|
(17) |
|
|
— |
|
|
15 |
|
Net of tax |
|
|
— |
|
|
52 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(48) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive (loss) income components, net of tax |
|
$ |
(435) |
|
$ |
795 |
|
$ |
(1,946) |
|
$ |
6,528 |
|
The table below presents the significant amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI:
The following is a summary of the AOCI balances, net of tax:
62
15. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS
The following tables present the Company’s net revenue and net revenue concentration from continuing operations by reportable segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Core Banking |
|
|
Republic Processing Group |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Tax |
|
Republic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Traditional |
|
Warehouse |
|
Mortgage |
|
|
Core |
|
|
Refund |
|
Credit |
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Total |
|
||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
Banking |
|
Lending |
|
Banking |
|
|
Banking |
|
|
Solutions |
|
Solutions |
|
|
RPG |
|
|
|
Company |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income (1) |
|
$ |
38,278 |
|
$ |
6,324 |
|
$ |
140 |
|
|
$ |
44,742 |
|
|
$ |
220 |
|
$ |
4,676 |
|
|
$ |
4,896 |
|
|
|
$ |
49,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service charges on deposit accounts |
|
|
3,061 |
|
|
14 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,075 |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
|
|
|
3,071 |
|
Mortgage banking income (1) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,182 |
|
|
|
4,182 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
4,182 |
|
Interchange fee income |
|
|
3,367 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,367 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
3,368 |
|
Program fees (1) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
715 |
|
|
2,834 |
|
|
|
3,549 |
|
|
|
|
3,549 |
|
Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI (1) |
|
|
600 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
600 |
|
Net gains (losses) on OREO |
|
|
(44) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(44) |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
(44) |
|
Other |
|
|
986 |
|
|
— |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
1,036 |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
|
|
|
1,035 |
|
Total noninterest income |
|
|
7,970 |
|
|
14 |
|
|
4,232 |
|
|
|
12,216 |
|
|
|
711 |
|
|
2,834 |
|
|
|
3,545 |
|
|
|
|
15,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue |
|
$ |
46,248 |
|
$ |
6,338 |
|
$ |
4,372 |
|
|
$ |
56,958 |
|
|
$ |
931 |
|
$ |
7,510 |
|
|
$ |
8,441 |
|
|
|
$ |
65,399 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net-revenue concentration from continuing operations (2) |
|
|
71 |
% |
|
10 |
% |
|
7 |
% |
|
|
88 |
% |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
11 |
% |
|
|
12 |
% |
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | This revenue is not subject to ASC 606. |
(2) | Net revenue from continuing operations represents net interest income plus total noninterest income from continuing operations. Net-revenue concentration from continuing operations equals segment-level net revenue from continuing operations divided by total Company net revenue from continuing operations. |
63
(1) | This revenue is not subject to ASC 606. |
(2) | Net revenue from continuing operations represents net interest income plus total noninterest income from continuing operations. Net-revenue concentration from continuing operations equals segment-level net revenue from continuing operations divided by total Company net revenue from continuing operations. |
64
The following represents information for significant revenue streams from continuing operations subject to ASC 606:
Service charges on deposit accounts – The Company earns revenue for account-based and event-driven services on its retail and commercial deposit accounts. Contracts for these services are generally in the form of deposit agreements, which disclose fees for deposit services. Revenue for event-driven services is recognized in close proximity or simultaneously with service performance. Revenue for certain account-based services may be recognized at a point in time or over the period the service is rendered, typically no longer than a month. Examples of account-based and event-driven service charges on deposits include per item fees, paper-statement fees, check-cashing fees, and analysis fees.
Interchange fee income – As an “issuing bank” for card transactions, the Company earns interchange fee income on transactions executed by its cardholders with various third-party merchants. Through third-party intermediaries, merchants compensate the Company for each transaction for the ability to efficiently settle the transaction and for the Company’s willingness to accept certain risks inherent in the transaction. There is no written contract between the merchant and the Company, but a contract is implied between the two parties by customary business practices. Interchange fee income is recognized almost simultaneously by the Company upon the completion of a related card transaction.
The Company compensates its cardholders by way of cash or other “rewards” for generating card transactions. These rewards are disclosed in cardholder agreements between the Company and its cardholders. Reward costs are accrued over time based on card transactions generated by the cardholder. Interchange fee income is presented net of reward costs within noninterest income.
Net gains/(losses) on other real estate – The Company routinely sells OREO it has acquired through loan foreclosure. Net gains/(losses) on OREO reflect both 1) the gain or loss recognized upon an executed deed and 2) mark-to-market writedowns the Company takes on its OREO inventory.
The Company generally recognizes gains or losses on OREO at the time of an executed deed, although gains may be recognized over a financing period if the Company finances the sale. For financed OREO sales, the Company assesses whether the buyer is committed to perform their obligations under the contract and whether collectability of the transaction price is probable. Once these criteria are met, the OREO asset is derecognized and the gain or loss on sale is recorded upon the transfer of control of the property to the buyer. In determining the gain or loss on sale, the Company adjusts the transaction price and related gain/(loss) on sale if a significant financing component is present.
Mark-to-market writedowns taken by the Company during the property’s holding period are generally at least 10% per year, but may be higher based on updated real estate appraisals or BPOs. Incremental expenditures to bring OREO to salable condition are generally expensed as-incurred.
65
16. SEGMENT INFORMATION
Reportable segments are determined by the type of products and services offered and the level of information provided to the chief operating decision maker, who uses such information to review performance of various components of the business (such as banking centers and business units), which are then aggregated if operating performance, products/services, and clients are similar.
As of June 30, 2021, the Company was divided into five reportable segments: Traditional Banking, Warehouse, Mortgage Banking, TRS, and RCS. Management considers the first three segments to collectively constitute “Core Bank” or “Core Banking” operations, while the last two segments collectively constitute RPG operations.
See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” in this section of the filing.
The nature of segment operations and the primary drivers of net revenue by reportable segment are provided below:
The accounting policies used for Republic’s reportable segments are generally the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in the Company’s 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Republic evaluates segment performance using operating income. The Company allocates goodwill to the Traditional Banking segment. Republic generally allocates income taxes based on income before income tax expense unless reasonable and specific segment allocations can be made. The Company makes transactions among reportable segments at carrying value.
66
Segment information follows:
* Net revenue from continuing operations represents net interest income plus total noninterest income from continuing operations. Net-revenue concentration from continuing operations equals segment-level net revenue from continuing operations divided by total Company net revenue from continuing operations.
67
* Net revenue from continuing operations represents net interest income plus total noninterest income from continuing operations. Net-revenue concentration from continuing operations equals segment-level net revenue from continuing operations divided by total Company net revenue from continuing operations.
68
17. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Agreement to Sell Tax Refund Solutions Business to Green Dot
On May 13, 2021, the Bank entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Green Dot to sell substantially all of the assets and operations of the Bank’s Tax Refund Solutions business (the “Sale Transaction”). Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, Green Dot will pay the Bank a purchase price of approximately $165 million in cash. Furthermore, under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Bank will provide transition services to Green Dot for the TRS business during the 2022 calendar year.
In a Form 8-K filed on July 23, 2021, the Company disclosed that on July 21, 2021 the Company and Green Dot received early termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and that the parties expected to complete the Sale Transaction by August 22, 2021, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the remaining customary conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement. However, in a Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2021, the Company disclosed that Green Dot recently informed the Company that the Federal Reserve has requested information from Green Dot relating to the proposed Sale Transaction and Green Dot intends to seek the Federal Reserve’s approval of, or non-objection to, as applicable, the Sale Transaction prior to completing the Sale Transaction. As a result, Green Dot does not intend to close the Sale Transaction by August 22, 2021 as previously disclosed. Closing of the Sale Transaction is subject solely to the satisfaction or waiver of the customary conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Receipt of approval or non-objection from the Federal Reserve is not a condition to closing set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
Results of operations for the TRS business sold to Green Dot are presented separately as discontinued operations for all periods because the sale met the relevant criteria as of June 30, 2021. A summary income statement of discontinued operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021 is presented below:
69
Through its TRS business, the Bank is one of a limited number of financial institutions that facilitates the receipt and payment of federal and state tax refund products and offers a credit product through third-party tax preparers located throughout the U.S., as well as tax-preparation software providers (collectively, the “Tax Providers”). Substantially all of the business generated by the TRS business occurs during the first half of each year. TRS traditionally operates at a loss in the second half of the year, during which time it incurs costs preparing for the next year’s tax season.
RTs are fee-based products whereby a tax refund is issued to the taxpayer after the Bank has received the refund from the federal or state government. There is no credit risk or borrowing cost associated with these products because they are only delivered to the taxpayer upon receipt of the tax refund directly from the governmental paying authority. Fees earned by the Company on RTs, net of revenue share, are reported as noninterest income under the line item “Net refund transfer fees.”
The EA tax credit product is a loan that allows a taxpayer to borrow funds as an advance of a portion of their tax refund. The EA product had the following features during 2021 and 2020:
● | Offered only during the first two months of each year; |
● | The taxpayer was given the option to choose from multiple loan-amount tiers, subject to underwriting, up to a maximum advance amount of $6,250; |
● | No requirement that the taxpayer pays for another bank product, such as an RT; |
● | Multiple funds disbursement methods, including direct deposit, prepaid card, or check, based on the taxpayer-customer’s election; |
● | Repayment of the EA to the Bank is deducted from the taxpayer’s tax refund proceeds; and |
● | If an insufficient refund to repay the EA occurs: |
o | there is no recourse to the taxpayer, |
o | no negative credit reporting on the taxpayer, and |
o | no collection efforts against the taxpayer. |
During 2020, EAs were generally repaid within 35 days after the taxpayer’s tax return was submitted to the applicable taxing authority. EAs do not have a contractual due date but the Company considered an EA delinquent if it remained unpaid 21 days in 2020 and 35 days in 2021 after the taxpayer’s tax return was submitted to the applicable taxing authority. The number of days for delinquency eligibility is based on management’s annual analysis of tax return processing times. Provisions on EAs are estimated when advances are made. Unpaid EAs are charged-off by June 30th of each year, with EAs collected during the second half of each year recorded as recoveries of previously charged-off loans.
Related to the overall credit losses on EAs, the Bank’s ability to control losses is highly dependent upon its ability to predict the taxpayer’s likelihood to receive the tax refund as claimed on the taxpayer’s tax return. Each year, the Bank’s EA approval model is based primarily on the prior-year’s tax refund payment patterns. Because the substantial majority of the EA volume occurs each year before that year’s tax refund payment patterns can be analyzed and subsequent underwriting changes made, credit losses during a current year could be higher than management’s predictions if tax refund payment patterns change materially between years.
70
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Republic Bank & Trust Company and Republic Insurance Services, Inc. As used in this filing, the terms “Republic,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Republic Bancorp, Inc., and, where the context requires, Republic Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The term the “Bank” refers to the Company’s subsidiary bank: Republic Bank & Trust Company. The term the “Captive” refers to the Company’s insurance subsidiary: Republic Insurance Services, Inc. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Republic is a financial holding company headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky. The Bank is a Kentucky-based, state-chartered non-member financial institution that provides both traditional and non-traditional banking products through five reportable segments using a multitude of delivery channels. While the Bank operates primarily in its market footprint, its non-brick-and-mortar delivery channels allow it to reach clients across the U.S. The Captive is a Nevada-based, wholly-owned insurance subsidiary of the Company. The Captive provides property and casualty insurance coverage to the Company and the Bank as well, as a group of third-party insurance captives for which insurance may not be available or economically feasible.
Republic Bancorp Capital Trust is a Delaware statutory business trust that is a wholly-owned unconsolidated finance subsidiary of Republic Bancorp, Inc.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Republic should be read in conjunction with Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
Forward-looking statements discuss matters that are not historical facts. As forward-looking statements discuss future events or conditions, the statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “target,” “can,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “potential,” or similar expressions. Do not rely on forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements detail management’s expectations regarding the future and are not guarantees. Forward-looking statements are assumptions based on information known to management only as of the date the statements are made and management undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law.
Broadly speaking, forward-looking statements include:
● | the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on Company operations; |
● | projections of revenue, income, expenses, losses, earnings per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure, or other financial items; |
● | descriptions of plans or objectives for future operations, products, or services; |
● | forecasts of future economic performance; |
● | statements relating to the completion of the Sale Transaction and the potential timing thereof; and |
● | descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing. |
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to the following:
● | the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s operations and credit losses; |
● | the ability of borrowers who received COVID-19 loan accommodations to resume repaying their loans upon maturity of such accommodations; |
● | natural disasters impacting the Company’s operations; |
● | changes in political and economic conditions; |
● | the magnitude and frequency of changes to the FFTR implemented by the FOMC of the FRB; |
● | long-term and short-term interest rate fluctuations as well as the overall steepness of the U.S. Treasury yield curve; |
● | competitive product and pricing pressures in each of the Company’s five reportable segments; |
● | equity and fixed income market fluctuations; |
● | client bankruptcies and loan defaults; |
● | inflation; |
71
● | recession; |
● | future acquisitions; |
● | integrations of acquired businesses; |
● | changes in technology; |
● | changes in applicable laws and regulations or the interpretation and enforcement thereof; |
● | changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory and tax policies; |
● | changes in accounting standards; |
● | monetary fluctuations; |
● | changes to the Company’s overall internal control environment; |
● | success in gaining regulatory approvals when required; |
● | the Company’s ability to qualify for future R&D federal tax credits; |
● | risks related to the completion of the proposed Sale Transaction and the potential timing thereof; |
● | the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the Purchase Agreement; |
● | disruption from the proposed Sale Transaction making it difficult to maintain business and operational relationships, including retaining and hiring key personnel and maintaining relationships with the Bank’s customers, vendors and others with whom the Bank does business; |
● | the risk of litigation and/or regulatory actions related to the proposed Sale Transaction; |
● | information security breaches or cyber security attacks involving either the Company or one of the Company’s third-party service providers; and |
● | other risks and uncertainties reported from time to time in the Company’s filings with the SEC, including Part 1 Item 1A “Risk Factors” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 and Part II Item 1A “Risk Factors” of the current filing. |
Accounting Standards Update
For disclosure regarding the impact to the Company’s financial statements of ASUs, see Footnote 1 “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Republic’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods.
A summary of the Company's significant accounting policies is set forth in Part II “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Management continually evaluates the Company’s accounting policies and estimates that it uses to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In general, management’s estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience, accounting and regulatory guidance, and information obtained from independent third-party professionals. Actual results may differ from those estimates made by management.
Critical accounting policies are those that management believes are the most important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and operating results and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective and complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of the financial statements. These factors include, among other things, whether the estimates have a significant impact on the financial statements, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information including independent third parties or available pricing, sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative methods of accounting may be utilized under GAAP. Management has discussed each critical accounting policy and the methodology for the identification and determination of critical accounting policies with the Company’s Audit Committee.
Republic believes its critical accounting policies and estimates relate to its ACLL and Provision.
72
ACLL and Provision — As of June 30, 2021, the Bank maintained an ACLL for expected credit losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio, which includes overdrawn deposit accounts. Management evaluates the adequacy of the ACLL monthly and presents and discusses the ACLL with the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors quarterly.
Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASC 326 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, which replaced the pre-January 1, 2020 “probable-incurred” method for calculating the Company’s ACL with the CECL method. CECL is applicable to financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan and lease receivables and held-to-maturity debt securities. CECL also applies to certain off-balance sheet credit exposures.
When measuring an ACL, CECL primarily differs from the probable-incurred method by: a) incorporating a lower “expected” threshold for loss recognition versus a higher “probable” threshold; b) requiring life-of-loan considerations; and c) requiring reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Company’s CECL method is a “static-pool” method that analyzes historical closed pools of loans over their expected lives to attain a loss rate, which is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable, supportable forecasts prior to being applied to the current balance of the analyzed pools. Due to its reasonably strong correlation to the Company's historical net loan losses, the Company has chosen to use the U.S. national unemployment rate as its primary forecasting tool. For its CRE loan pool, the Company employed a one-year forecast of CRE vacancy rates through March 31, 2021 but discontinued use of this forecast during the second quarter of 2021 in favor of a one-year forecast of general CRE values. This change in forecast method had no material impact on the Company’s ACLL.
Management’s evaluation of the appropriateness of the ACLL is often the most critical accounting estimate for a financial institution, as the ACLL requires significant reliance on the use of estimates and significant judgment as to the reliance on historical loss rates, consideration of quantitative and qualitative economic factors, and the reliance on a reasonable and supportable forecast.
Adjustments to the historical loss rate for current conditions include differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix or term, delinquency level, as well as for changes in environmental conditions, such as changes in property values or other relevant factors. One-year forecast adjustments to the historical loss rate are based on the U.S. national unemployment rate and CRE values. Subsequent to the one-year forecasts, loss rates are assumed to immediately revert back to long-term historical averages.
The impact of utilizing the CECL approach to calculate the ACLL is significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts utilized. Material changes to these and other relevant factors may result in greater volatility to the ACLL, and therefore, greater volatility to the Company’s reported earnings.
See additional detail regarding the Company’s adoption of ASC 326 and the CECL method under Footnote 1“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of Part II Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.
73
BUSINESS SEGMENT COMPOSITION
As of June 30, 2021, the Company was divided into five reportable segments: Traditional Banking, Warehouse, Mortgage Banking, TRS, and RCS. Management considers the first three segments to collectively constitute “Core Bank” or “Core Banking” operations, while the last two segments collectively constitute RPG operations.
(I) Traditional Banking segment
The Traditional Banking segment provides traditional banking products primarily to customers in the Company’s market footprint. As of June 30, 2021, Republic had 42 full-service banking centers with locations as follows:
● |
Kentucky — 28 |
● |
Metropolitan Louisville — 18 |
● |
Central Kentucky — 7 |
● |
Georgetown — 1 |
● |
Lexington — 5 |
● |
Shelbyville — 1 |
● |
Northern Kentucky — 3 |
● |
Covington — 1 |
● |
Crestview Hills — 1 |
● |
Florence — 1 |
● |
Southern Indiana — 3 |
● |
Floyds Knobs — 1 |
● |
Jeffersonville — 1 |
● |
New Albany — 1 |
● |
Metropolitan Tampa, Florida — 7 |
● |
Metropolitan Cincinnati, Ohio — 2 |
● |
Metropolitan Nashville, Tennessee — 2 |
Republic’s headquarters are in Louisville, which is the largest city in Kentucky based on population.
The Bank’s principal lending activities consist of the following:
Retail Mortgage Lending — Through its retail banking centers and its online Consumer Direct channel, the Bank originates single-family, residential real estate loans. In addition, the Bank originates HEALs and HELOCs through its retail banking centers. Such loans are generally collateralized by owner-occupied, residential real estate properties. For those loans originated through the Bank’s retail banking centers, the collateral is predominately located in the Bank’s market footprint, while loans originated through the Consumer Direct channel are generally secured by owner occupied-collateral located outside of the Bank’s market footprint.
Commercial Lending — The Bank conducts commercial lending activities primarily through Corporate Banking, Commercial Banking, Business Banking, and Retail Banking channels.
In general, commercial lending credit approvals and processing are prepared and underwritten through the Bank’s Commercial Credit Administration Department. Clients are generally located within the Bank’s market footprint or in areas nearby the market footprint.
Construction and Land Development Lending — The Bank originates business loans for the construction of both single-family, residential properties and commercial properties (apartment complexes, shopping centers, office buildings). While not a focus for the Bank, the Bank may originate loans for the acquisition and development of residential or commercial land into buildable lots.
Consumer Lending — Traditional Banking consumer loans made by the Bank include home improvement and home equity loans, other secured and unsecured personal loans, and credit cards. Except for home equity loans, which are actively marketed in conjunction with single family, first lien residential real estate loans, other Traditional Banking consumer loan products (not including products offered through RPG), while available, are not and have not been actively promoted in the Bank’s markets.
74
Aircraft Lending — In October 2017, the Bank created an Aircraft Lending division. Aircraft loans are typically made to purchase or refinance personal aircrafts, along with engine overhauls and avionic upgrades. The aircraft loan program is open to all states, except for Alaska and Hawaii.
The credit characteristics of an aircraft borrower are higher than a typical consumer in that they must demonstrate and indicate a higher degree of credit worthiness for approval.
The Bank’s other Traditional Banking activities generally consist of the following:
Private Banking — The Bank provides financial products and services to high-net-worth individuals through its Private Banking department. The Bank’s Private Banking officers have extensive banking experience and are trained to meet the unique financial needs of this clientele.
Treasury Management Services — The Bank provides various deposit products designed for commercial business clients located throughout its market footprint. Lockbox processing, remote deposit capture, business on-line banking, account reconciliation, and ACH processing are additional services offered to commercial businesses through the Bank’s Treasury Management department.
Internet Banking — The Bank expands its market penetration and service delivery of its RB&T brand by offering clients Internet Banking services and products through its website, www.republicbank.com.
Mobile Banking — The Bank allows clients to easily and securely access and manage their accounts through its mobile banking application.
Other Banking Services — The Bank also provides title insurance and other financial institution related products and services.
Bank Acquisitions — The Bank maintains an acquisition strategy to selectively grow its franchise as a complement to its organic growth strategies.
See additional detail regarding the Traditional Banking segment under Footnote 16 “Segment Information” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
(II) Warehouse Lending segment
The Core Bank provides short-term, revolving credit facilities to mortgage bankers across the United States through mortgage warehouse lines of credit. These credit facilities are primarily secured by single-family, first-lien residential real estate loans. The credit facility enables the mortgage banking clients to close single-family, first-lien residential real estate loans in their own name and temporarily fund their inventory of these closed loans until the loans are sold to investors approved by the Bank. Individual loans are expected to remain on the warehouse line for an average of 15 to 30 days. Reverse mortgage loans typically remain on the line longer than conventional mortgage loans. Interest income and loan fees are accrued for each individual loan during the time the loan remains on the warehouse line and collected when the loan is sold. The Core Bank receives the sale proceeds of each loan directly from the investor and applies the funds to pay off the warehouse advance and related accrued interest and fees. The remaining proceeds are credited to the mortgage-banking client.
See additional detail regarding the Warehouse Lending segment under Footnote 16 “Segment Information” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
(III) Mortgage Banking segment
Mortgage Banking activities primarily include 15-, 20- and 30-year fixed-term single-family, first-lien residential real estate loans that are originated and sold into the secondary market, primarily to the FHLMC and the FNMA. The Bank typically retains servicing on loans sold into the secondary market for loans generated in states within its footprint and generally sells servicing for loans generated in states outside of its footprint. Administration of loans with servicing retained by the Bank includes collecting principal and interest payments, escrowing funds for property taxes and property insurance, and remitting payments to secondary market investors. The Bank receives fees for performing these standard servicing functions.
See additional detail regarding the Mortgage Banking segment under Footnote 11 “Mortgage Banking Activities” and Footnote 16 “Segment Information” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
75
(IV) Tax Refund Solutions segment
Tax Refund Solutions segment — On May 13, 2021, the Bank entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Green Dot to sell substantially all of the assets and operations of the Bank’s Tax Refund Solutions business (the “Sale Transaction”).
As a result of the Purchase Agreement, the results of operations for the Company and its TRS segment are presented within this filing to reflect continuing versus discontinued operations. TRS’s continuing operations include its immaterial RPS division and certain overhead costs previously allocated to TRS that will remain with the Bank. Discontinued operations are those sold to Green Dot.
See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
Republic Payment Solutions division — RPS is currently managed and operated within the TRS segment’s continuing operations. The RPS division offers general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards as an issuing bank through third-party service providers. For the projected near-term, as the prepaid card program matures, the operating results of the RPS division are expected to be immaterial to the Company’s overall results of operations and will be reported as part of the TRS segment’s continuing operations. The RPS division will not be considered a separate reportable segment until such time, if any, that it meets quantitative reporting thresholds.
The Company reports fees related to RPS programs under Program fees. Additionally, the Company’s portion of interchange revenue generated by prepaid card transactions is reported as noninterest income under “Interchange fee income.”
(V) Republic Credit Solutions segment
Through the RCS segment, the Bank offers consumer credit products. In general, the credit products are unsecured, small dollar consumer loans that are dependent on various factors. RCS loans typically earn a higher yield but also have higher credit risk compared to loans originated through the Traditional Banking segment, with a significant portion of RCS clients considered subprime or near-prime borrowers. The Bank uses third-party service providers for certain services such as marketing and loan servicing of RCS loans. Additional information regarding consumer loan products offered through RCS follows:
● | RCS line-of-credit products – Using separate third-party service providers, the Bank originates two line-of-credit products to generally subprime borrowers in multiple states. The first of these two products (the “LOC I”) has been originated by the Bank since 2014. The second (the “LOC II”) was introduced in January 2021. |
o | RCS’s LOC I represents the substantial majority of RCS activity. Elastic Marketing, LLC and Elevate Decision Sciences, LLC, are third-party service providers for the product and are subject to the Bank’s oversight and supervision. Together, these companies provide the Bank with certain marketing, servicing, technology, and support services, while a separate third party provides customer support, servicing, and other services on the Bank’s behalf. The Bank is the lender for this product and is marketed as such. Further, the Bank controls the loan terms and underwriting guidelines, and the Bank exercises consumer compliance oversight of the product. |
The Bank sells participation interests in this product. These participation interests are a 90% interest in advances made to borrowers under the borrower’s line-of-credit account, and the participation interests are generally sold three business days following the Bank’s funding of the associated advances. Although the Bank retains a 10% participation interest in each advance, it maintains 100% ownership of the underlying LOC I account with each borrower. Loan balances held for sale through this program are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.
o | In January 2021, RCS began originating balances through its LOC II. One of RCS’s existing third-party service providers, subject to the Bank’s oversight and supervision, provides the Bank with marketing services and loan servicing for the LOC II product. The Bank is the lender for this product and is marketed as such. Furthermore, the Bank controls the loan terms and underwriting guidelines, and the Bank exercises consumer compliance oversight of this product. |
76
The Bank sells participation interests in this product. These participation interests are a 95% interest in advances made to borrowers under the borrower’s line-of-credit account, and the participation interests are generally sold three business days following the Bank’s funding of the associated advances. Although the Bank retains a 5% participation interest in each advance, it maintains 100% ownership of the underlying LOC II account with each borrower. Loan balances held for sale through this program are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.
● | RCS installment loan product – In December 2019, through RCS, the Bank began offering installment loans with terms ranging from 12 to 60 months to borrowers in multiple states. The same third-party service provider for RCS’s LOC II is the third-party provider for the installment loans. This third-party provider is subject to the Bank’s oversight and supervision and provides the Bank with marketing services and loan servicing for these RCS installment loans. The Bank is the lender for these RCS installment loans and is marketed as such. Furthermore, the Bank controls the loan terms and underwriting guidelines, and the Bank exercises consumer compliance oversight of this RCS installment loan product. Currently, all loan balances originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried as “held for sale” on the Bank’s balance sheet, with the intention to sell these loans to its third-party service provider generally within sixteen days following the Bank’s origination of the loans. Loans originated under this RCS installment loan program are carried at fair value under a fair-value option, with the portfolio marked to market monthly. |
● | RCS healthcare receivables products – The Bank originates healthcare-receivables products across the U.S. through two different third-party service providers. In one program, the Bank retains 100% of the receivables originated. In the other program, the Bank retains 100% of the receivables originated in some instances, and in other instances, sells 100% of the receivables within one month of origination. Loan balances held for sale through this program are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. |
The Company reports interest income and loan origination fees earned on RCS loans under “Loans, including fees,” while any gains or losses on sale and mark-to-market adjustments of RCS loans are reported as noninterest income under “Program fees.”
OVERVIEW (Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2020)
Total Company net income for the second quarter of 2021 was $23.9 million, an $8.1 million, or 51%, increase from the same period in 2020. Diluted EPS increased to $1.16 for the three months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $0.76 for the same period in 2020. The increase in net income reflected a $9.4 million increase in net income from discontinued operations, driven by a $10.2 million positive swing in Provision resulting from significantly higher Easy Advance repayments during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020.
Net income from continuing operations was $16.5 million for the second quarter of 2021, a $1.3 million decrease from the same period in 2020. Diluted EPS from continuing operations were $0.80 for the three months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $0.86 for the same period in 2020. The decrease in net income from continuing operations generally reflected a decrease in net interest income partially offset by a positive reduction in Provision.
The following are general highlights by reportable segment. Discontinued operations for the periods discussed relate entirely to the TRS segment.
See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
Traditional Banking segment
● | Net income increased $3.2 million, or 68%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net interest income decreased $757,000, or 2%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. The Traditional Bank’s net interest margin decreased 29 basis points to 2.97% for the second quarter of 2021. |
● | Provision decreased $3.2 million to a net credit of $77,000 for the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net charge of $3.1 million for the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest income increased $1.8 million, or 30%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
77
● | Total noninterest expense increased $249,000, or 1%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to same period in 2020. |
Warehouse Lending segment
● | Net income increased $375,000, or 10%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net interest income increased $261,000, or 4%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | The Warehouse Provision was a net credit of $65,000 for the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net charge of $449,000 for the same period in 2020. |
● | Average committed Warehouse lines increased to $1.4 billion during the second quarter of 2021 from $1.2 billion during the same period in 2020. |
● | Average line usage was 51% during the second quarter of 2021 compared to 68% during the same period in 2020. |
Mortgage Banking segment
● | Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income decreased $4.2 million, or 50%, during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Overall, Republic’s originations of secondary market loans totaled $141 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to $219 million during the same period in 2020, with the Company’s gain-as-a-percent-of-loans-sold decreasing from 3.98% to 2.84% from period to period. |
Tax Refund Solutions segment
Continuing Operations
● | Net loss from continuing operations was $244,000 for the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net loss of $615,000 for the same period in 2020. The higher loss during the second quarter of 2020 primarily reflected general operating losses related to TRS’s prepaid card division, with such losses substantially occurring prior to May 1, 2020. On May 1, 2020, the RPS division added a large depository relationship that significantly improved profitability on a subsequent basis. |
Discontinued Operations
● | Net income from discontinued operations increased $9.4 million for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Overall, TRS recorded a net credit to the Provision from discontinued operations of $5.8 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net charge to the Provision of $4.4 million for the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest income from discontinued operations increased $3.0 million, or 99%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net RT revenue from discontinued operations increased $3.0 million, or 103%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest expense from discontinued operations was $2.4 million for the second quarter of 2021 compared to $1.6 million for the same period in 2020. |
Republic Credit Solutions segment
● | Net income decreased $1.4 million, or 27%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net interest income decreased $931,000, or 17%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
78
● | Overall, RCS recorded a net charge to the Provision of $1.6 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net credit of $1.4 million for the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest income increased $2.3 million from the second quarter of 2020 to the second quarter of 2021. |
● | Noninterest expense was $950,000 for the second quarter of 2021 compared to $903,000 for the same period in 2020. |
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2020)
Net Interest Income
Banking operations are significantly dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities and the interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities used to fund those assets, such as interest-bearing deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and FHLB advances. Net interest income is impacted by both changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as market interest rates.
See the section titled “Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk” in this section of the filing regarding the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity.
A large amount of the Company’s financial instruments track closely with, or are primarily indexed to, either the FFTR, Prime, or LIBOR. These market rates trended lower since the first quarter of 2020 and the onset of COVID-19 pandemic, as the FOMC reduced the FFTR to approximately 25 basis points during 2020. The FOMC has provided on-going guidance that it is unlikely the FFTR will be increased in the near term.
Additional increases in short-term interest rates and overall market rates are generally believed by management to be favorable to the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin in the near term, while additional decreases in short-term interest rates and overall market rates are generally believed by management to be unfavorable to the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin in the near term. Increases in short-term interest rates, however, could have a negative impact on net interest income and net interest margin if the Bank is unable to maintain its deposit balances and the cost of those deposits at the levels assumed in its interest-rate-risk model. In addition, a flattening or inversion of the yield curve, causing the spread between long-term interest rates and short-term interest rates to decrease, could negatively impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin. Unknown variables, which may impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin in the future, include, but are not limited to, the actual steepness of the yield curve, future demand for the Bank’s financial products and the Bank’s overall future liquidity needs.
Total Company net interest income from continuing operations decreased $2.2 million, or 4%, during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Total Company net interest margin from continuing operations decreased to 3.27% during the second quarter of 2021 compared to 3.58% for the same period in 2020. Net interest income from discontinued operations was $403,000 during the second quarter of 2021 compared to $393,000 during the second quarter of 2020.
The following were the most significant components affecting the Company’s net interest income by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
The Traditional Banking’s net interest income decreased $757,000, or 2%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Traditional Banking’s net interest margin was 2.97% for the second quarter of 2021, a decrease of 29 basis points from the same period in 2020.
Table 1 — Traditional Bank Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Excluding PPP (Non-GAAP)
Due to the short-term nature of the PPP, management believes Traditional Bank net interest income excluding PPP lender fees is a more appropriate measure to analyze the Traditional Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin. The following table reconciles Traditional Bank net interest income and net interest margin to Traditional Bank net interest income and net interest margin excluding PPP lender fees, a non-GAAP measure. Net interest margin excluding PPP lender fees presented below also excludes average PPP loans of $350 million and $387 million for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
79
The decrease in the Traditional Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin during the second quarter of 2021 was primarily attributable to the following factors:
● | Excluding accreted PPP lender fees, net interest income decreased $2.8 million, or 8%, from the second quarter 2020, as the Traditional Bank’s net interest margin, excluding PPP loans and related fees, declined from 3.31% for the second quarter of 2020 to 2.81% for the second quarter of 2021. The decline in the net interest margin was substantially driven by a 56-basis point decline in the Traditional Bank’s yield on its average interest-earning assets from the second quarter of 2020 to the second quarter of 2021, as the majority of the Traditional Bank’s growth in interest-earning assets during the previous 12 months was in lower-yielding cash or cash equivalent investments instead of loans. |
● | Partially offsetting the Traditional Bank’s margin compression, the Traditional Bank recognized $3.7 million of fee income on its PPP portfolio during the second quarter of 2021 compared to $1.6 million of similar fees during the same period in 2020. The $2.1 million increase in PPP fee income was driven significantly by the forgiveness, payoff, and paydown of $166 million of PPP loans during the second quarter of 2021. As of June 30, 2021, net PPP loans of $251 million remained on the Core Bank’s balance sheet, including $53 million in loan balances originated during 2020, $207 million in loan balances originated during 2021, and $9 million of unaccreted PPP lender fees reported as a credit offset to these originated balances. Unaccreted PPP lender fees will generally be recognized into income over the estimated remaining life of the PPP portfolio, with fee recognition accelerated if loans are forgiven or repaid earlier than estimated. |
Warehouse Lending segment
Net interest income from the Warehouse segment increased $261,000, or 4%, from the second quarter of 2020 to the second quarter of 2021 driven by an improved net interest margin. Overall the net interest margin for the Warehouse segment improved from 3.01% during the second quarter of 2020 to 3.48% during the second quarter of 2021, as many of the Bank’s Warehouse clients reached contractual interest rate floors on their lines-of-credit during the second quarter of 2020 preventing further declines in the segment’s loan yields, while the segment’s cost of funds continued to decline.
The improved margin overcame a decrease in average outstanding balances, which declined from $807 million during the second quarter of 2020 to $727 million for the second quarter of 2021, as home-mortgage refinancing dipped from record highs during 2020. Committed Warehouse lines-of-credit grew to $1.4 billion as of June 30, 2021 from $1.2 billion as of June 30, 2020, while average usage rates for Warehouse lines were 51% and 68%, respectively, during the second quarters of 2021 and 2020.
Republic Credit Solutions segment
RCS’s net interest income decreased $931,000, or 17%, from the second quarter of 2020 to the second quarter of 2021. The decrease was driven primarily by a decline in fee income from RCS’s LOC I product. Loan fees on this product, recorded as interest income on loans, decreased to $3.6 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to $4.6 million during the same period in 2020 and accounted for 74% and 79% of all RCS interest income on loans during the periods. The decrease in loan fees was the direct result of a decline in balances for RCS’s LOC I product following a reduction of marketing for this product during the second and third quarters of 2020. While the marketing for this product was reinstated during the fourth quarter of 2020, management believes the ongoing impact of government stimulus payments continued to reduce demand for this product during the current period.
Future loan fee income from RCS’s LOC I product will likely continue to be negatively impacted by the on-going COVID-19 pandemic.
80
Table 2 — Total Company Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates from Continuing Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 |
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020 |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
Balance |
|
Interest |
|
Rate |
|
|
|
Balance |
|
Interest |
|
Rate |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-earning assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold and other interest-earning deposits |
|
$ |
938,728 |
|
$ |
262 |
|
0.11 |
% |
|
|
$ |
299,760 |
|
$ |
87 |
|
0.12 |
% |
|
Investment securities, including FHLB stock (2) |
|
|
562,509 |
|
|
1,912 |
|
1.36 |
|
|
|
|
605,776 |
|
|
2,819 |
|
1.86 |
|
|
Intercompany funds loaned to discontinued operations |
|
|
49,443 |
|
|
31 |
|
0.25 |
|
|
|
|
31,584 |
|
|
20 |
|
0.25 |
|
|
RCS LOC I product (3) (7) |
|
|
15,107 |
|
|
3,569 |
|
94.50 |
|
|
|
|
19,971 |
|
|
4,647 |
|
93.07 |
|
|
Other RPG loans (7) |
|
|
105,685 |
|
|
1,190 |
|
4.50 |
|
|
|
|
92,488 |
|
|
1,046 |
|
4.52 |
|
|
Outstanding Warehouse lines of credit (4) (7) |
|
|
727,091 |
|
|
6,824 |
|
3.75 |
|
|
|
|
806,771 |
|
|
7,294 |
|
3.62 |
|
|
Paycheck Protection Program loans (5) (7) |
|
|
349,643 |
|
|
4,582 |
|
5.24 |
|
|
|
|
386,664 |
|
|
2,652 |
|
2.74 |
|
|
All other Core Bank loans (6) (7) |
|
|
3,331,114 |
|
|
32,914 |
|
3.95 |
|
|
|
|
3,539,379 |
|
|
38,339 |
|
4.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-earning assets |
|
|
6,079,320 |
|
|
51,284 |
|
3.37 |
|
|
|
|
5,782,393 |
|
|
56,904 |
|
3.94 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for credit losses |
|
|
(59,555) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55,310) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-earning assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-earning cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
112,928 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,390 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premises and equipment, net |
|
|
39,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,733 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank owned life insurance |
|
|
97,257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,079 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets (2) |
|
|
166,355 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146,867 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
6,435,422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,088,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction accounts |
|
$ |
1,599,721 |
|
$ |
93 |
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
$ |
1,264,581 |
|
$ |
159 |
|
0.05 |
% |
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
773,838 |
|
|
93 |
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
|
727,516 |
|
|
248 |
|
0.14 |
|
|
Time deposits |
|
|
303,468 |
|
|
930 |
|
1.23 |
|
|
|
|
424,190 |
|
|
2,188 |
|
2.06 |
|
|
Reciprocal money market and time deposits |
|
|
319,509 |
|
|
206 |
|
0.26 |
|
|
|
|
289,804 |
|
|
435 |
|
0.60 |
|
|
Brokered deposits |
|
|
23,632 |
|
|
2 |
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
121,333 |
|
|
380 |
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
3,020,168 |
|
|
1,324 |
|
0.18 |
|
|
|
|
2,827,424 |
|
|
3,410 |
|
0.48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SSUARs |
|
|
169,888 |
|
|
8 |
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
|
176,541 |
|
|
17 |
|
0.04 |
|
|
Intercompany funds borrowed from discontinued operations |
|
|
84,015 |
|
|
135 |
|
0.64 |
|
|
|
|
140,141 |
|
|
443 |
|
1.26 |
|
|
Federal Reserve PPP Liquidity Facility |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
122,769 |
|
|
105 |
|
0.34 |
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
10 |
|
0.16 |
|
|
|
|
263,296 |
|
|
822 |
|
1.25 |
|
|
Subordinated note |
|
|
41,240 |
|
|
169 |
|
1.64 |
|
|
|
|
41,240 |
|
|
295 |
|
2.86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
3,340,311 |
|
|
1,646 |
|
0.20 |
|
|
|
|
3,571,411 |
|
|
5,092 |
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing liabilities and Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noninterest-bearing deposits |
|
|
2,142,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,611,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
103,751 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108,488 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity |
|
|
849,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
797,227 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
|
$ |
6,435,422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
6,088,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income |
|
|
|
|
$ |
49,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
51,812 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest spread |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.17 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.37 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest margin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.27 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.58 |
% |
|
(1) | The table above excludes average assets, average liabilities, interest income, and interest expense for discontinued operations; however, loans to and borrowings from discontinued operations are included above based on the Company’s funds transfer pricing methodology. Net interest income would be $50.0 million and $52.2 million and net interest margin would be 3.31% and 3.62% for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 if continuing and discontinued operations were consolidated above. |
(2) | For the purpose of this calculation, the fair market value adjustment on debt securities is included as a component of other assets. |
(3) | Interest income is entirely composed of loan fees. |
(4) | Interest income includes loan fees of $789,000 and $791,000 for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) | Interest income includes loan fees of $3.7 million and $1.6 million for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. |
(6) | Interest income includes loan fees of $968,000 and $511,000 for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. |
(7) | Average balances for loans include the principal balance of nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale, and are inclusive of all loan premiums, discounts, fees and costs. |
81
Table 3 illustrates the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impacted Republic’s interest income and interest expense from continuing operations during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume), and (iii) net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
Table 3 — Total Company Volume/Rate Variance Analysis from Continuing Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Compared to |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020 |
|
|
||||||
|
|
Total Net |
|
Increase / (Decrease) Due to |
|
|
|||||
(in thousands) |
|
Change |
|
Volume |
|
Rate |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold and other interest-earning deposits |
|
$ |
175 |
|
$ |
179 |
|
$ |
(4) |
|
|
Investment securities, including FHLB stock |
|
|
(907) |
|
|
(190) |
|
|
(717) |
|
|
Intercompany funds loaned to discontinued operations |
|
|
11 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
— |
|
|
RCS LOC I product |
|
|
(1,078) |
|
|
(1,148) |
|
|
70 |
|
|
Other RPG loans |
|
|
144 |
|
|
149 |
|
|
(5) |
|
|
Outstanding Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
(470) |
|
|
(740) |
|
|
270 |
|
|
Paycheck Protection Program loans |
|
|
1,930 |
|
|
(276) |
|
|
2,206 |
|
|
All other Core Bank loans |
|
|
(5,425) |
|
|
(2,176) |
|
|
(3,249) |
|
|
Net change in interest income |
|
|
(5,620) |
|
|
(4,191) |
|
|
(1,429) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction accounts |
|
|
(66) |
|
|
35 |
|
|
(101) |
|
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
(155) |
|
|
15 |
|
|
(170) |
|
|
Time deposits |
|
|
(1,258) |
|
|
(518) |
|
|
(740) |
|
|
Reciprocal money market and time deposits |
|
|
(229) |
|
|
41 |
|
|
(270) |
|
|
Brokered deposits |
|
|
(379) |
|
|
(172) |
|
|
(207) |
|
|
SSUARs |
|
|
(9) |
|
|
(1) |
|
|
(8) |
|
|
Intercompany funds borrowed from discontinued operations |
|
|
(309) |
|
|
(139) |
|
|
(170) |
|
|
Federal Reserve PPP Liquidity Facility |
|
|
(105) |
|
|
(105) |
|
|
— |
|
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
(813) |
|
|
(414) |
|
|
(399) |
|
|
Subordinated note |
|
|
(123) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(123) |
|
|
Net change in interest expense |
|
|
(3,446) |
|
|
(1,258) |
|
|
(2,188) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in net interest income |
|
$ |
(2,174) |
|
$ |
(2,933) |
|
$ |
759 |
|
|
* The table above does not consider average assets, average liabilities, interest income, and interest expense for discontinued operations.
82
Provision
Total Company Provision from continuing operations was a net charge of $1.5 million for the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net charge of $2.1 million for the same period in 2020. Provision from discontinued operations was a net credit of $5.8 million for the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net charge of $4.4 million for the same period in 2020.
The following were the most significant components comprising the Company’s Provision by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
The Traditional Banking Provision during the second quarter of 2021 was a net credit of $77,000 compared to a net charge of $3.1 million for the second quarter of 2020. An analysis of the Provision for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020 follows:
● | For the second quarter of 2021, the Traditional Bank Provision was a net credit, generally based on an improving economic outlook in conjunction with limited charge-offs incurred by the Traditional Bank since making significant life-of-loan reserves during 2020 following the onset of the pandemic. The net credit recorded during the second quarter of 2021 primarily included ACLL releases for the residential real estate, CRE, and HELOC portfolios offset by additional reserves for certain Special Mention loans with continued signs of pandemic-related hardship through June 30, 2021. |
● | During the second quarter of 2020, the Traditional Bank recorded $4.6 million of additional Provision due to the expected economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Offsetting the increase in Provision due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic during the second quarter of 2020 was a reduction in Provision of $1.2 million consistent with a $112 million decrease in Traditional Bank loan spot balances during the same quarter. |
As a percentage of total loans, the Traditional Banking ACLL was 1.37% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 1.34% as of December 31, 2020 and 1.10% as of June 30, 2020. The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for Traditional Banking loan losses as of June 30, 2021.
See the sections titled “Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Asset Quality” in this section of the filing under “Comparison of Financial Condition” for additional discussion regarding the Provision and the Bank’s credit quality.
Warehouse Lending segment
Warehouse recorded a net credit to the Provision of $65,000 for the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net charge of $449,000 for the same period in 2020. Provision for both periods reflected changes in general reserves consistent with changes in outstanding period-end balances. Outstanding Warehouse period-end balances decreased $26 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to an increase of $179 million during the second quarter of 2020.
As a percentage of total Warehouse outstanding balances, the Warehouse ACLL was 0.25% as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020, and June 30, 2020. The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for Warehouse loan losses as of June 30, 2021.
Tax Refund Solutions segment
Discontinued Operations
TRS recorded a net credit to the Provision from discontinued operations of $5.8 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net charge of $4.4 million for the same period in 2020. Substantially all TRS Provision from discontinued operations in both periods was related to its EA product.
The TRS Provision from discontinued operations swung from a net charge of $4.4 million during the second quarter of 2020 to a net credit of $5.8 million during the second quarter of 2021. The credit to the Provision during the second quarter of 2021 resulted from repayment rates on EA loans from the U.S. Treasury that significantly exceeded those during the second quarter of 2020. Management believes the slower repayment rate from the U.S. Treasury during the second quarter of 2020 was directly related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting delay in tax-return processing by the IRS for certain types of tax returns that require further taxpayer communication and verification.
83
The Company completely charged-off all remaining unpaid EAs as of June 30, 2021, in-line with its customary June 30th charge-off policy for EA loans. Any EA payments received after June 30th will be credited as a direct recovery to the Provision in the period it is received for the remainder of 2021.
See additional detail regarding the EA product under Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
Republic Credit Solutions segment
As illustrated in Table 4 below, RCS recorded a net charge to the Provision of $1.6 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to a net credit to the Provision of $1.4 million for the same period in 2020. The negative swing in the Provision was driven by an increase in outstanding balances for RCS’s lines of credit during the second quarter of 2021 compared to a decrease in similar balances during the second quarter of 2020. The Company reduced marketing for its LOC I product during the second and third quarters of 2020, then began incrementally increasing such marketing during the fourth quarter of 2020. The Company began offering its LOC II product during the first quarter of 2021.
While RCS loans generally return higher yields, they also present a greater credit risk than Traditional Banking loan products. As a percentage of total RCS loans, the RCS ACLL was 7.68% as of June 30, 2021, 7.94% as of December 31, 2020 and 9.21% as of June 30, 2020. The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for RCS loan losses as of June 30, 2021.
The following table presents net charges to the RCS Provision from continuing operations by product:
Table 4 — RCS Provision by Product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended Jun. 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|
|||
Product: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lines of credit |
|
$ |
1,581 |
|
$ |
(1,454) |
|
$ |
3,035 |
|
(209) |
% |
Hospital receivables |
|
|
11 |
|
|
11 |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
Total |
|
$ |
1,592 |
|
$ |
(1,443) |
|
$ |
3,035 |
|
(210) |
% |
84
Table 5 — Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
||||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLL at beginning of period |
|
$ |
75,336 |
|
$ |
70,431 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge-offs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
— |
|
|
(270) |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
— |
|
|
(192) |
|
Consumer |
|
|
(161) |
|
|
(238) |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
(161) |
|
|
(700) |
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
(161) |
|
|
(700) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
(10,256) |
|
|
(19,575) |
|
Other TRS loans |
|
|
(30) |
|
|
(28) |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
(597) |
|
|
(2,008) |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
(10,883) |
|
|
(21,611) |
|
Total charge-offs |
|
|
(11,044) |
|
|
(22,311) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recoveries: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate |
|
|
19 |
|
|
45 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
12 |
|
|
2 |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
4 |
|
|
41 |
|
Home equity |
|
|
34 |
|
|
12 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
97 |
|
|
119 |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
166 |
|
|
219 |
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
166 |
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
30 |
|
|
— |
|
Other TRS loans |
|
|
— |
|
|
1 |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
79 |
|
|
199 |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
109 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recoveries |
|
|
275 |
|
|
419 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loan recoveries (charge-offs) |
|
|
(10,769) |
|
|
(21,892) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision from continuing operations- Core Banking |
|
|
(95) |
|
|
3,553 |
|
Provision from continuing operations - RPG |
|
|
1,592 |
|
|
(1,443) |
|
Provision from discontinued operations - RPG |
|
|
(5,773) |
|
|
4,448 |
|
Total Provision |
|
|
(4,276) |
|
|
6,558 |
|
ACLL at end of period |
|
$ |
60,291 |
|
$ |
55,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Total Company: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLL to total loans |
|
|
1.32 |
% |
|
1.09 |
% |
ACLL to nonperforming loans |
|
|
270 |
|
|
270 |
|
Net loan charge-offs to average loans |
|
|
0.95 |
|
|
1.80 |
|
Net loan charge-offs from continuing operations to average loans |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
0.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Core Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLL to total loans |
|
|
1.16 |
% |
|
0.92 |
% |
ACLL to nonperforming loans |
|
|
238 |
|
|
230 |
|
Net loan charge-offs to average loans |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.04 |
|
85
Noninterest Income
Total Company noninterest income from continuing operations increased $78,000 during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Noninterest income from discontinued operations increased $3.0 million, or 99% comparing the same periods.
The following were the most significant components comprising the total Company’s noninterest income by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
Traditional Banking’s noninterest income increased $1.8 million, or 30%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Interchange Fee Income increased $643,000 from the second quarter of 2020 to the same period in 2021, while Service Charges on Deposit Accounts increased $623,000 comparing the same periods. Service Charges on Deposit Accounts were below normal levels during the second quarter of 2020, as a pandemic-driven rise in the consumer savings rates drove a reduction in the Bank’s overdraft-related fees. Both Interchange Fee Income and Service Charges on Deposits began to rise towards normal levels during the first quarter of 2021 following the removal of many pandemic-related restrictions.
The Bank earns a substantial majority of its fee income related to its overdraft service program from the per item fee it assesses its customers for each insufficient-funds check or electronic debit presented for payment. The total per item fees, net of refunds, included in Service Charges on Deposits Accounts for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $1.3 million and $893,000. The total daily overdraft charges, net of refunds, included in interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $257,000 and $0. The Bank suspended its daily overdraft charges during 2020 to soften the economic hardship of the COVID-19 pandemic on its clients. The Bank reinstituted the charging of its daily overdraft fee on September 1, 2020.
Mortgage Banking segment
Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income decreased $4.2 million, or 50%, during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. For the second quarter of 2021, the Core Bank originated $141 million in secondary market loans and achieved an average gain-as-a-percent-of-loans-sold during the period of 2.84%, with comparable originations of $219 million and comparable gains of 3.98% during the second quarter of 2020. Favorable market conditions drove a higher gain percentage for the Core Bank during the last nine months of 2020 and for a portion of the first quarter of 2021, with these favorable conditions beginning to normalize during February 2021. Management believes these favorable conditions could continue to normalize during the remainder of 2021 potentially bringing the Core Bank’s gain-as-a-percent-of-loans-sold closer to normal historical levels at, or below, 2.50%.
Tax Refund Solutions segment
Discontinued Operations
TRS’s noninterest income from discontinued operations increased $3.0 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. This increase reflected a $3.0 million increase in net RT fees, as delays in the 2021 tax season drove a larger share of RT volume into the second quarter of the year.
Republic Credit Solutions segment
RCS’s noninterest income increased $2.3 million during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020, with program fees representing the entirety of RCS’s noninterest income. Pandemic-driven restrictions negatively impacted RCS program fees during the second quarter of 2020, with those program fees beginning to normalize during 2021 following the removal of restrictions.
86
The following table presents RCS program fees by product:
Table 6 — RCS Program Fees by Product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended Jun. 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|
|
|||
Product: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lines of credit |
|
$ |
1,354 |
|
$ |
529 |
|
$ |
825 |
|
156 |
% |
|
Hospital receivables |
|
|
63 |
|
|
(10) |
|
|
73 |
|
(730) |
|
|
Installment loans* |
|
|
1,417 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1,416 |
|
NM |
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
2,834 |
|
$ |
520 |
|
$ |
2,314 |
|
445 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
The Company has elected the fair value option for this product, with mark-to-market adjustments recorded as a component of program fees. |
Noninterest Expense
Total Company noninterest expense from continuing operations increased $89,000 during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Noninterest expense from discontinued operations increased $742,000, or 46%, comparing the same periods.
The following were the most significant components comprising the increase in noninterest expense by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
Traditional Banking noninterest expense increased $249,000, or 1%, for the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. The following primarily drove the change in noninterest expense:
● | Technology, Equipment, and Communication expense increased $628,000, as the Traditional Bank strategically added 30 Interactive Teller Machines over the previous 12 months, bringing its ITM fleet to over 70 ITMs as of June 30, 2021. |
● | Partially offsetting the increase above, Bank Franchise Tax expense decreased $474,000. As previously reported, Kentucky enacted HB354 in March 2019 and as a result, the Bank transitioned from a capital-based bank franchise tax to corporate income tax on January 1, 2021 for Kentucky state taxes. |
Tax Refund Solutions segment
Discontinued Operations
TRS’s noninterest expense from discontinued operations increased $742,000 during the second quarter of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. This increase reflected approximately $1.0 million in legal costs associated with the Bank’s sale of its TRS operations.
87
OVERVIEW (Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2020)
Total Company net income for the first six months of 2021 was $50.0 million, a $7.5 million, or 18%, increase from the same period in 2020. Diluted EPS increased to $2.41 for the six months of June 30, 2021 compared to $2.04 for the same period in 2020.
Net income from continuing operations was $36.8 million for the first six months of 2021, a $4.8 million increase from the same period in 2020. Diluted EPS from continuing operations were $1.78 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $1.54 for the same period in 2020. The increase in net income and net income from continuing operations primarily reflected a positive reduction in Provision partially offset by a decrease in net interest income.
The following are general highlights by reportable segment. Discontinued operations for the periods discussed relate entirely to the TRS segment.
See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
Traditional Banking segment
● | Net income increased $6.4 million, or 66%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net interest income decreased $276,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Provision decreased $8.8 million to a net credit of $82,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge of $8.7 million for the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest income increased $1.4 million, or 10%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Total noninterest expense increased $930,000, or 1%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to same period in 2020. |
● | Total Traditional Bank loans decreased $117 million, or 3%, during the first six months of 2021, driven by a $141 million decrease in PPP loans. |
● | Total nonperforming loans to total loans for the Traditional Banking segment was 0.60% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 0.63% as of December 31, 2020. |
● | Delinquent loans to total loans for the Traditional Banking segment was 0.28% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 0.26% as of December 31, 2020. |
● | As of June 30, 2021, $25 million, or 1%, of Traditional Banking loans remained under a COVID-19 hardship accommodation. |
● | Total Traditional Bank deposits increased $238 million, or 6%, during the first six months of 2021. |
Warehouse Lending segment
● | Net income increased $2.5 million, or 40%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net interest income increased $2.7 million, or 26%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | The Warehouse Provision was a net credit of $307,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge of $781,000 for the same period in 2020. |
● | Average committed Warehouse lines increased to $1.4 billion during the first six months of 2021 from $1.1 billion during the same period in 2020. |
● | Average line usage was 52% during the first six months of 2021 compared to 63% during the same period in 2020. |
88
Mortgage Banking segment
● | Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income decreased $1.8 million, or 14%, during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Overall, Republic’s originations of secondary market loans totaled $355 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to $344 million during the same period in 2020, with the Company’s gain-as-a-percent-of-loans-sold decreasing from 3.93% to 3.10% from period to period. |
Tax Refund Solutions segment
Continuing Operations
● | Net loss from continuing operations was $562,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to a net loss of $1.5 million for the same period in 2020. The higher loss during the first six months of 2020 primarily reflected general operating losses related to TRS’s prepaid card division, with such losses substantially occurring prior to May 1, 2020. On May 1, 2020, the RPS division added a large depository relationship that significantly improved profitability on a subsequent basis. |
Discontinued Operations
● | Net income from discontinued operations increased $2.7 million for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net interest income from discontinued operations decreased $5.9 million for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Total EA originations were $250 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to $388 million for the first six months of 2020. |
● | Overall, TRS recorded a net charge to the Provision from discontinued operations of $10.1 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge to the Provision of $19.6 million for the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest income from discontinued operations decreased $71,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net RT revenue decreased $94,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest expense from discontinued operations was $6.1 million for the first six months of 2021 compared to $6.5 million for the same period in 2020. |
Republic Credit Solutions segment
● | Net income decreased $2.5 million, or 24%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Net interest income decreased $3.2 million, or 25%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. |
● | Overall, RCS recorded a net charge to the Provision of $1.2 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge of $263,000 for the same period in 2020. |
● | Noninterest income increased $1.3 million, or 47%, from the first six months of 2020 to the first six months of 2021. |
● | Noninterest expense was $2.0 million for the first six months of 2021 compared to $1.8 million for the same period in 2020. |
● | Total nonperforming loans to total loans for the RCS segment was 0.63% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 0.04% as of December 31, 2020. |
89
● | Delinquent loans to total loans for the RCS segment was 7.66% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 9.23% as of December 31, 2020. |
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2020)
Net Interest Income
Banking operations are significantly dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities and the interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities used to fund those assets, such as interest-bearing deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and FHLB advances. Net interest income is impacted by both changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as market interest rates.
See the section titled “Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk” in this section of the filing regarding the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity.
A large amount of the Company’s financial instruments track closely with, or are primarily indexed to, either the FFTR, Prime, or LIBOR. These market rates trended lower since the first quarter of 2020 and the onset of COVID-19 pandemic, as the FOMC reduced the FFTR to approximately 25 basis points during 2020. The FOMC has provided on-going guidance that it is unlikely the FFTR will be increased in the near term.
Additional increases in short-term interest rates and overall market rates are generally believed by management to be favorable to the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin in the near term, while additional decreases in short-term interest rates and overall market rates are generally believed by management to be unfavorable to the Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin in the near term. Increases in short-term interest rates, however, could have a negative impact on net interest income and net interest margin if the Bank is unable to maintain its deposit balances and the cost of those deposits at the levels assumed in its interest-rate-risk model. In addition, a flattening or inversion of the yield curve, causing the spread between long-term interest rates and short-term interest rates to decrease, could negatively impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin. Unknown variables, which may impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin in the future, include, but are not limited to, the actual steepness of the yield curve, future demand for the Bank’s financial products and the Bank’s overall future liquidity needs.
Total Company net interest income from continuing operations decreased $1.3 million, or 1%, during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Total Company net interest margin from continuing operations decreased to 3.42% during the first six months of 2021 compared to 3.75% for the same period in 2020. Net interest income from discontinued operations was $14.8 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to $20.7 million during the same period in 2020.
The following were the most significant components affecting the Company’s net interest income by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
The Traditional Banking’s net interest income decreased $276,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Traditional Banking’s net interest margin was 3.21% for the first six months of 2021, a decrease of 31 basis points from the same period in 2020.
Table 7 — Traditional Bank Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Excluding PPP (Non-GAAP)
Due to the short-term nature of the PPP, management believes Traditional Bank net interest income excluding PPP lender fees is a more appropriate measure to analyze the Traditional Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin. The following table reconciles Traditional Bank net interest income and net interest margin to Traditional Bank net interest income and net interest margin excluding PPP lender fees, a non-GAAP measure. Net interest margin excluding PPP lender fees presented below also excludes average PPP loans of $357 million and $193 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
90
The decrease in the Traditional Bank’s net interest income and net interest margin during the first six months of 2021 was primarily attributable to the following factors:
● | Excluding accreted PPP lender fees, net interest income decreased $8.1 million, or 10%, from the first six months of 2020, as the Traditional Bank’s net interest margin, excluding PPP loans and related fees, declined from 3.55% for the first six months of 2020 to 2.97% for the first six months of 2021. The decline in the net interest margin was substantially driven by a 22-basis point decline in the Traditional Bank’s yield on its average interest-earning assets from the first six months of 2020 to the first six months of 2021, as the majority of the Traditional Bank’s growth in interest-earning assets during the previous 12 months was in lower-yielding cash or cash equivalents instead of loans. |
● | Partially offsetting the Traditional Bank’s margin compression, the Traditional Bank recognized $9.4 million of fee income on its PPP portfolio during the first six months of 2021 compared to $1.6 million of similar fees during the same period in 2020. The $7.8 million increase in PPP fee income was driven significantly by the forgiveness, payoff, and paydown of $348 million of PPP loans during the first six months of 2021. As of June 30, 2021, net PPP loans of $251 million remained on the Core Bank’s balance sheet, including $53 million in loan balances originated during 2020, $207 million in loan balances originated during 2021, and $9 million of unaccreted PPP lender fees reported as a credit offset to these originated balances. Unaccreted PPP lender fees will generally be recognized into income over the estimated remaining life of the PPP portfolio, with fee recognition accelerated if loans are forgiven or repaid earlier than estimated. |
Warehouse Lending segment
Net interest income increased $2.7 million, or 26%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020.
Average committed Warehouse lines increased to $1.4 billion during the first six months of 2021 from $1.2 billion during the same period in 2020, while overall usage rates on Warehouse lines of credit were 52% and 63%, respectively for the same periods. In addition, the Warehouse net interest margin increased to 3.45% for the first six months of 2021 compared to 2.86% for the first six months of 2020, as many of the Bank’s Warehouse client reached contractual interest rate floors on their lines-of-credit during the first six months of 2020 preventing further declines in the segment’s loan yields, while the segment’s cost of funds continued to decline.
Tax Refund Solutions segment
Discontinued Operations
TRS’s net interest income from discontinued operations decreased $5.9 million for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. TRS’s EA product earned $13.1 million in interest income during the first six months of 2021, a $6.4 million decrease from the first six months of 2020 resulting primarily from a $138 million decrease in EA originations from period to period. Management believes that economic impact (stimulus) payments, pandemic health risks, and a two-week delay in the start to the 2021 tax season, all, in varying degrees, negatively impacted demand for its EA product during the first six months of 2021.
See additional detail regarding the EA product under Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
91
Republic Credit Solutions segment
RCS’s net interest income decreased $3.2 million, or 25%, from the first six months of 2020 to the first six months of 2021. The decrease was driven primarily by a decline in fee income from RCS’s LOC I product. Loan fees on this product, recorded as interest income on loans, decreased to $7.3 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to $10.7 million during the same period in 2020 and accounted for 75% and 79% of all RCS interest income on loans during the periods. The decrease in loan fees was the direct result of a decline in balances for RCS’s LOC I product following a reduction of marketing for this product during the second and third quarters of 2020. While the marketing for this product was reinstated during the fourth quarter of 2020, management believes the ongoing impact of government stimulus payments continued to reduce demand for this product during the current period.
Future loan fee income from RCS’s LOC I product will likely continue to be negatively impacted by the on-going COVID-19 pandemic.
92
Table 8 — Total Company Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates
(1) | The table above excludes average assets, average liabilities, interest income, and interest expense for discontinued operations; however, loans to and borrowings from discontinued operations are included above based on the Company’s funds transfer pricing methodology. Net interest income would be $117.8 million and $124.9 million and net interest margin would be 3.97% and 4.55% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 if continuing and discontinued operations were consolidated above. |
(2) | For the purpose of this calculation, the fair market value adjustment on debt securities is included as a component of other assets. |
(3) | Interest income is composed entirely of loan fees. |
(4) | Interest income includes loan fees of $1.7 million and $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. |
(5) | Interest income includes loan fees of $9.4 million and $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. |
(6) | Interest income includes loan fees of $1.9 million and $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. |
(7) | Average balances for loans include the principal balance of nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale, and are inclusive of all loan premiums, discounts, fees and costs. |
93
Table 9 illustrates the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impacted Republic’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume), and (iii) net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
Table 9 — Total Company Volume/Rate Variance Analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
Compared to |
|
||||||
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 |
|
||||||
|
|
Total Net |
|
Increase / (Decrease) Due to |
|
|||||
(in thousands) |
|
Change |
|
Volume |
|
Rate |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal funds sold and other interest-earning deposits |
|
$ |
(308) |
|
$ |
595 |
|
$ |
(903) |
|
Investment securities, including FHLB stock |
|
|
(1,897) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
(1,902) |
|
Intercompany funds loaned to discontinued operations |
|
|
(935) |
|
|
40 |
|
|
(975) |
|
RCS LOC I product |
|
|
(3,359) |
|
|
(5,045) |
|
|
1,686 |
|
Other RPG loans |
|
|
(55) |
|
|
312 |
|
|
(367) |
|
Outstanding Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
(145) |
|
|
647 |
|
|
(792) |
|
Paycheck Protection Program loans |
|
|
8,630 |
|
|
3,399 |
|
|
5,231 |
|
All other Core Bank loans |
|
|
(13,902) |
|
|
(4,716) |
|
|
(9,186) |
|
Net change in interest income |
|
|
(11,971) |
|
|
(4,763) |
|
|
(7,208) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction accounts |
|
|
(666) |
|
|
191 |
|
|
(857) |
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
(1,294) |
|
|
17 |
|
|
(1,311) |
|
Time deposits |
|
|
(2,310) |
|
|
(979) |
|
|
(1,331) |
|
Reciprocal money market and time deposits |
|
|
(592) |
|
|
231 |
|
|
(823) |
|
Brokered deposits |
|
|
(1,671) |
|
|
(757) |
|
|
(914) |
|
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings |
|
|
(119) |
|
|
(7) |
|
|
(112) |
|
Intercompany funds borrowed from discontinued operations |
|
|
(1,211) |
|
|
(334) |
|
|
(877) |
|
Federal Reserve PPP Liquidity Facility |
|
|
(105) |
|
|
(105) |
|
|
— |
|
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
(2,429) |
|
|
(1,247) |
|
|
(1,182) |
|
Subordinated note |
|
|
(306) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(306) |
|
Net change in interest expense |
|
|
(10,703) |
|
|
(2,990) |
|
|
(7,713) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in net interest income |
|
$ |
(1,268) |
|
$ |
(1,773) |
|
$ |
505 |
|
* The table above does not consider average assets, average liabilities, interest income, and interest expense for discontinued operations.
94
Provision
Total Company Provision from continuing operations was a net charge of $828,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge of $9.7 million for the same period in 2020. Total Company Provision from discontinued operations was a net charge of $10.1 million for the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge of $19.6 million for the same period in 2020.
The following were the most significant components comprising the Company’s Provision by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
The Traditional Banking Provision during the first six months of 2021 was a net credit of $82,000 compared to an $8.7 million net charge for the first six months of 2020. An analysis of the Provision for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020 follows:
● | For the first six months of 2021, there was a minimal net credit to the Traditional Bank Provision, generally based on an improving economic outlook in conjunction with limited charge-offs incurred by the Traditional Bank since making significant life-of-loan reserves during 2020 following the onset of the pandemic. The net credit recorded during the first six months of 2021 primarily included ACLL releases for the residential real estate, CRE, and HELOC portfolios offset by additional reserves for certain Special Mention loans with continued signs of pandemic-related hardship through June 30, 2021. |
● | During the first six months of 2020, the Traditional Bank recorded $10.9 million of additional Provision due to the expected economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Offsetting the increase in Provision due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic during the first six months of 2020 was a reduction in Provision of $2.0 million consistent with a $170 million decrease in Traditional Bank loan spot balances from December 31, 2019 to June 30, 2020. |
As a percentage of total loans, the Traditional Banking ACLL was 1.37% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 1.34% as of December 31, 2020 and 1.10% as of June 30, 2020. The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for Traditional Banking loan losses as of June 30, 2021.
See the sections titled “Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Asset Quality” in this section of the filing under “Comparison of Financial Condition” for additional discussion regarding the Provision and the Bank’s credit quality.
Warehouse Lending segment
Warehouse recorded a net credit to the Provision of $307,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge of $781,000 for the same period in 2020. Provision for both periods reflected changes in general reserves consistent with changes in outstanding period-end balances. Outstanding Warehouse period-end balances decreased $123 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to an increase of $312 million during the first six months of 2020.
As a percentage of total Warehouse outstanding balances, the Warehouse ACLL was 0.25% as of June 30, 2021, December 31, 2020, and June 30, 2020. The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for Warehouse loan losses as of June 30, 2021.
Tax Refund Solutions segment
Discontinued Operations
TRS recorded a net charge to the Provision from discontinued operations of $10.1 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge of $19.6 million for the same period in 2020. Substantially all TRS Provision in both periods was related to its EA product.
TRS’s Provision for EA loan losses was $10.2 million, or 4.1% of its $250 million in EAs originated during the first six months of 2021, compared to a Provision of $19.5 million, or 5.0% of its $388 million in EAs originated during the first six months of 2020. The lower Provision during the first six months of 2021 resulted from repayment rates on EA loans from the U.S. Treasury that exceeded those during the first six months of 2020. Management believes the slower repayment rates from the U.S. Treasury during the first six months of 2020 was directly related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting delay in tax-return processing by the IRS for certain types of tax returns that required further taxpayer communication and verification.
95
EAs are only originated during the first two months of each year, with all uncollected EAs charged off by June 30th of each year. EAs collected during the second half of each year are recorded as recoveries of previously charged-off loans.
See additional detail regarding the EA product under Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements.”
Republic Credit Solutions segment
As illustrated in Table 10 below, RCS recorded a net charge to the Provision of $1.2 million during the first six months of 2021 compared to a net charge to the Provision of $263,000 for the same period in 2020. The increase in the Provision was driven by an increase in outstanding balances for RCS’s lines of credit during the first six months of 2021 compared to a decrease in similar balances during the same period in 2020. The Company reduced marketing for its LOC I product during the second and third quarters of 2020, then began incrementally increasing such marketing during the fourth quarter of 2020. The Company began offering its LOC II product during the first quarter of 2021.
While RCS loans generally return higher yields, they also present a greater credit risk than Traditional Banking loan products. As a percentage of total RCS loans, the RCS ACLL was 7.68% as of June 30, 2021, 7.94% as of December 31, 2020, and 9.21% as of June 30, 2020. The Company believes, based on information presently available, that it has adequately provided for RCS loan losses as of June 30, 2021.
The following table presents net charges to the RCS Provision by product:
Table 10 — RCS Provision by Product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended Jun. 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
|
2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|||
Product: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lines of credit |
|
$ |
1,207 |
|
$ |
253 |
|
$ |
954 |
|
377 |
% |
Hospital receivables |
|
|
10 |
|
|
10 |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
Total |
|
$ |
1,217 |
|
$ |
263 |
|
$ |
954 |
|
363 |
% |
96
Table 11 — Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
||||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLL at beginning of period |
|
$ |
61,067 |
|
$ |
43,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adoption of ASC 326 |
|
|
— |
|
|
6,734 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charge-offs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate |
|
|
— |
|
|
(27) |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
(428) |
|
|
(270) |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
— |
|
|
(192) |
|
Consumer |
|
|
(370) |
|
|
(733) |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
(798) |
|
|
(1,222) |
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
(798) |
|
|
(1,222) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
(10,256) |
|
|
(19,575) |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
(51) |
|
|
(72) |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
(1,362) |
|
|
(4,717) |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
(11,669) |
|
|
(24,364) |
|
Total charge-offs |
|
|
(12,467) |
|
|
(25,586) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recoveries: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate |
|
|
46 |
|
|
86 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
80 |
|
|
473 |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
11 |
|
|
44 |
|
Home equity |
|
|
41 |
|
|
87 |
|
Consumer |
|
|
243 |
|
|
323 |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
421 |
|
|
1,013 |
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
421 |
|
|
1,013 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
30 |
|
|
42 |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
8 |
|
|
1 |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
171 |
|
|
470 |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
209 |
|
|
513 |
|
Total recoveries |
|
|
630 |
|
|
1,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loan charge-offs |
|
|
(11,837) |
|
|
(24,060) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision from continuing operations- Core Banking |
|
|
(267) |
|
|
9,228 |
|
Provision from continuing operations - RPG |
|
|
1,217 |
|
|
263 |
|
Provision from discontinued operations - RPG |
|
|
10,111 |
|
|
19,581 |
|
Total Provision |
|
|
11,061 |
|
|
29,072 |
|
ACLL at end of period |
|
$ |
60,291 |
|
$ |
55,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Total Company: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLL to total loans |
|
|
1.32 |
% |
|
1.09 |
% |
ACLL to nonperforming loans |
|
|
270 |
|
|
270 |
|
Net loan charge-offs to average loans |
|
|
0.51 |
|
|
1.03 |
|
Net loan charge-offs from continuing operations to average loans |
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
0.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Core Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACLL to total loans |
|
|
1.16 |
% |
|
0.92 |
% |
ACLL to nonperforming loans |
|
|
238 |
|
|
230 |
|
Net loan charge-offs to average loans |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
0.01 |
|
97
Noninterest Income
Total Company noninterest income from continuing operations increased $1.6 million, or 5%, during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Total Company noninterest income from discontinued operations decreased $71,000 during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020.
The following were the most significant components comprising the total Company’s noninterest income by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
Traditional Banking’s noninterest income increased $1.4 million, or 10%, for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Interchange Fee Income increased $1.1 million from the first six months of 2020 to the same period in 2021, while Service Charges on Deposit Accounts increased $350,000 comparing the same periods. Service Charges on Deposit Accounts were below normal levels during the first six months of 2020, as a pandemic-driven rise in the consumer savings rate drove a reduction in the Bank’s overdraft-related fees. Both Interchange Fee Income and Service Charges on Deposits began to rise towards normal levels during the first quarter of 2021 following the removal of pandemic-related restrictions.
The Bank earns a substantial majority of its fee income related to its overdraft service program from the per item fee it assesses its customers for each insufficient-funds check or electronic debit presented for payment. The total per item fees, net of refunds, included in service charges on deposits for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $2.5 million and $2.7 million. The total daily overdraft charges, net of refunds, included in interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $506,000 and $417,000. The Bank suspended its daily overdraft charges during the first six months of 2020 to soften the economic hardship of the COVID-19 pandemic on its clients. The Bank reinstituted the charging of its daily overdraft fee on September 1, 2020.
Mortgage Banking segment
Within the Mortgage Banking segment, mortgage banking income decreased $1.8 million, or 14%, during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. For the first six months of 2021, the Core Bank originated $355 million in secondary market loans and achieved an average gain-as-a-percent-of-loans-sold during the period of 3.10%, with comparable originations of $344 million and comparable gains of 3.93% during the first six months of 2020. Favorable market conditions drove a higher gain percentage for the Core Bank during the last nine months of 2020 and for a portion of the first six months of 2021, with these favorable conditions beginning to normalize during February 2021. Management believes these favorable conditions could continue to normalize during the remainder of 2021 potentially bringing the Core Bank’s gain-as-a-percent-of-loans-sold closer to normal historical levels near 2.50%.
98
Republic Credit Solutions segment
RCS’s noninterest income increased $1.3 million, or 47%, during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020, with program fees representing the entirety of RCS’s noninterest income. Pandemic-driven restrictions negatively impacted RCS program fees during the first six months of 2020, with those program fees beginning to normalize during 2021 following the removal of restrictions.
The following table presents RCS program fees by product:
Table 12 — RCS Program Fees by Product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended Jun. 30, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|
||||
Product: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lines of credit |
|
$ |
2,122 |
|
$ |
1,448 |
|
$ |
674 |
|
47 |
% |
|
Hospital receivables |
|
|
111 |
|
|
8 |
|
|
103 |
|
1,288 |
|
|
Installment loans* |
|
|
1,930 |
|
|
1,376 |
|
|
554 |
|
NM |
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
4,163 |
|
$ |
2,832 |
|
$ |
1,331 |
|
47 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
The Company has elected the fair value option for this product, with mark-to-market adjustments recorded as a component of program fees. |
Noninterest Expense
Total Company noninterest expense from continuing operations increased $2.1 million, or 2%, during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. Total Company noninterest expense from discontinued operations decreased $416,000 during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020.
The following were the most significant components comprising the increase in noninterest expense by reportable segment:
Traditional Banking segment
Traditional Banking noninterest expense increased $930,000 for the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. The following primarily drove the change in noninterest expense:
● | Salaries and benefits expense increased approximately $1.8 million, or 4%, primarily driven by annual merit increases and increases in contract labor, equity compensation, payroll taxes, and health benefits from period to period. |
● | Technology, Equipment, and Communication expense increased $736,000, as the Traditional Bank strategically added 30 Interactive Teller Machines over the previous 12 months, bringing its ITM fleet to over 70 ITMs as of June 30, 2021. |
● | Occupancy expense increased $436,000, or 7%, driven primarily by increases in snow removal and pandemic-driven janitorial and cleaning costs from period to period. |
● | Partially offsetting the increases above, Bank Franchise Tax expense decreased $906,000. As previously reported, Kentucky enacted HB354 in March 2019 and as a result, the Bank transitioned from a capital-based bank franchise tax to the Kentucky corporate income tax on January 1, 2021. |
● | Legal and professional fees decreased $472,000 driven by estimated pandemic-related costs during 2020, including consumer compliance consultations. |
● | Supplies, meals, entertainment, mileage, and travel costs decreased $540,000, in total, resulting from continuing pandemic-driven restrictions on these activities. |
Mortgage Banking segment
Noninterest expense at the Mortgage Banking segment increased $1.4 million, or 31%, during the first six months of 2021 compared to the same period in 2020, primarily due to higher mortgage commissions recorded during 2021.
99
COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AS OF JUNE 30, 2021 AND DECEMBER 31, 2020
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions with original maturities less than 90 days and federal funds sold. Republic had $747 million in cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2021 compared to $486 million as of December 31, 2020. The Company continues to maintain a relatively high cash balance on its balance sheet as deposit balances have continued to grow and loan balances have continued to generally decline.
For cash held at the FRB, the Bank earns a yield on amounts more than required reserves. This yield was a weighted-average 0.11% for the first six months of 2021. For cash held within the Bank’s banking center and ATM networks, the Bank does not earn interest.
Table 13 — Loan Portfolio Composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
|
$ |
852,947 |
|
$ |
879,800 |
|
$ |
(26,853) |
|
(3) |
% |
Nonowner occupied |
|
|
|
289,290 |
|
|
264,780 |
|
|
24,510 |
|
9 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
|
1,389,003 |
|
|
1,349,085 |
|
|
39,918 |
|
3 |
|
Construction & land development |
|
|
|
95,180 |
|
|
98,674 |
|
|
(3,494) |
|
(4) |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
|
330,302 |
|
|
325,596 |
|
|
4,706 |
|
1 |
|
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
|
|
250,933 |
|
|
392,319 |
|
|
(141,386) |
|
(36) |
|
Lease financing receivables |
|
|
|
9,249 |
|
|
10,130 |
|
|
(881) |
|
(9) |
|
Aircraft |
|
|
|
121,112 |
|
|
101,375 |
|
|
19,737 |
|
19 |
|
Home equity |
|
|
|
217,621 |
|
|
240,640 |
|
|
(23,019) |
|
(10) |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
|
14,754 |
|
|
14,196 |
|
|
558 |
|
4 |
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
|
717 |
|
|
587 |
|
|
130 |
|
22 |
|
Automobile loans |
|
|
|
21,190 |
|
|
30,300 |
|
|
(9,110) |
|
(30) |
|
Other consumer |
|
|
|
6,796 |
|
|
8,167 |
|
|
(1,371) |
|
(17) |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
|
3,599,094 |
|
|
3,715,649 |
|
|
(116,555) |
|
(3) |
|
Warehouse lines of credit* |
|
|
|
840,155 |
|
|
962,796 |
|
|
(122,641) |
|
(13) |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
|
4,439,249 |
|
|
4,678,445 |
|
|
(239,196) |
|
(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group*: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
NA |
|
Other TRS loans |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
NA |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
|
114,949 |
|
|
110,893 |
|
|
4,056 |
|
4 |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
|
114,949 |
|
|
110,893 |
|
|
4,056 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans** |
|
|
|
4,554,198 |
|
|
4,789,338 |
|
|
(235,140) |
|
(5) |
|
Allowance for credit losses |
|
|
|
(60,291) |
|
|
(61,067) |
|
|
776 |
|
(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans, net |
|
|
$ |
4,493,907 |
|
$ |
4,728,271 |
|
$ |
(234,364) |
|
(5) |
% |
*Identifies loans to borrowers located primarily outside of the Bank’s market footprint.
**Total loans are presented inclusive of premiums, discounts and net loan origination fees and costs.
Gross loans decreased by $235 million, or 5%, during the first six months of 2021 to $4.6 billion as of June 30, 2021. The most significant components comprising the change in loans by reportable segment follow:
100
Traditional Banking segment
Period-end balances for Traditional Banking loans decreased $117 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2020 to June 30, 2021. The following primarily drove the change in loan balances during the first six months of 2021:
● | During the first six months of 2021, the Core Bank’s PPP portfolio decreased $141 million, primarily reflecting the forgiveness and payoff of $348 million of 2020 PPP originations and the origination of $208 million of PPP loans during the first six months of 2021. |
The CARES Act was enacted in March 2020 and provided for the SBA’s PPP, which allowed the Bank to lend to its qualifying small business clients to assist them in their efforts to meet their cash-flow needs during the COVID-19 pandemic. The Economic Aid Act was enacted in December 2020 and provided for a second round of PPP loans. PPP loans are fully backed by the SBA and may be entirely forgiven if the loan client uses loan funds for qualifying reasons. As of June 30, 2021, net PPP loans of $251 million remained on the Core Bank’s balance sheet, including $53 million in loan balances originated during 2020, $207 million in loan balances originated during the first six months of 2021, and $9 million of unaccreted PPP lender fees reported as a credit offset to these originated balances. Unaccreted PPP lender fees will generally be recognized into income over the estimated remaining life of the PPP portfolio, with fee recognition accelerated if loans are forgiven or repaid earlier than estimated. While no guarantee can be made as to the overall remaining life of these loans, management believes the loans are likely to remain on the Company’s balance sheet less than one year, as it expects the substantial majority of its clients to request forgiveness for their loans at the earliest possible time, presuming these clients achieve the required program metrics.
PPP loans have a stated maturity of two to five years, an annualized fixed coupon rate of 1.0% to the client, are 100% guaranteed by the SBA, and 100% forgivable to the client if certain program metrics are met. The Bank earns an origination fee of 1%, 3%, or 5% based on the size of the loan.
● | The owner-occupied residential real estate and home equity categories decreased $27 million and $23 million. These decreases largely reflect a sharp drop in long-term market interest rates during the previous 12 months that drove an increase in refinance volume for residential mortgages, with much of the refinance activity going into fixed-rate products sold on the secondary market. |
● | Offsetting the decreases above, the CRE category increased $40 million and the Aircraft category increased $20 million, as lending activity began normalizing following the removal of pandemic-driven restrictions during the first six months of 2021. |
Warehouse Lending segment
Outstanding Warehouse period end balances decreased $123 million from December 31, 2020 to June 30, 2021. Due to the volatility and seasonality of the mortgage market, it is difficult to project future outstanding balances of Warehouse lines of credit. The growth of the Bank’s Warehouse Lending business greatly depends on the overall mortgage market and typically follows industry trends. Since its entrance into this business during 2011, the Bank has experienced volatility in the Warehouse portfolio consistent with overall demand for mortgage products. Weighted average quarterly usage rates on the Bank’s Warehouse lines have ranged from a low of 31% during the fourth quarter of 2013 to a high of 71% during the fourth quarter of 2019. On an annual basis, weighted average usage rates on the Bank’s Warehouse lines have ranged from a low of 40% during 2013 to a high of 66% during 2020.
Allowance for Credit Losses
As of June 30, 2021, the Bank maintained an ACLL for expected credit losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio, which includes overdrawn deposit accounts. The Bank also maintained an ACLS and an ACLC for expected losses in its securities portfolio and its off-balance sheet credit exposures, respectively. Management evaluates the adequacy of the ACLL monthly, and the adequacy of the ACLS and ACLC quarterly. All ACLs are presented and discussed with the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors quarterly.
The Company’s ACLL decreased $1 million from $61 million as of December 31, 2020 to $60 million as of June 30, 2021. As a percent of total loans, the total Company’s ACLL increased to 1.32% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 1.27% as of December 31, 2020. An analysis of the ACL by reportable segment follows:
101
Traditional Banking segment
● | The Traditional Banking ACLL decreased approximately $337,000 to $49 million as of June 30, 2021 driven primarily by net charge-offs during the first six months of 2021. |
● | The Traditional Bank decreased its ACLS $122,000 during the first six months of 2021 to $56,000 based on improved PD and LGD expectations on its corporate bond portfolios. |
● | The Traditional Bank decreased its ACLC $55,000 during the first six months of 2021 to $934,000 based on improving economic outlook. |
Warehouse Lending segment
The Warehouse ACLL decreased to approximately $2.1 million, and the Warehouse ACLL to total Warehouse loans remained at 0.25% when comparing June 30, 2021 to December 31, 2020. As of June 30, 2021, the Warehouse ACLL was entirely qualitative in nature with no adjustments to the qualitative reserve percentage required for the first six months of 2021.
Republic Credit Solutions segment
The RCS ACLL remained at $9 million from December 31, 2020 to June 30, 2021.
RCS maintained an ACLL for two distinct credit products offered as of June 30, 2021, including its line-of-credit products and its healthcare-receivables products. As of June 30, 2021, the ACLL to total loans estimated for each RCS product ranged from as low as 0.25% for its healthcare-receivables products to as high as 49% for its line-of-credit products. The lower reserve percentage of 0.25% was provided for RCS’s healthcare receivables, as such receivables have recourse back to the third-party providers.
102
Asset Quality
COVID-19 Loan Accommodations
The CARES Act provided several forms of economic relief designed to defray the impact of COVID-19. In April 2020, through its own independent relief efforts and CARES Act provisions, the Company began offering loan accommodations through deferrals and forbearances. These accommodations were generally under three-month terms for commercial clients, with residential and consumer accommodations in line with prevailing regulatory and legal parameters. Loans that received an accommodation were generally not considered troubled debt restructurings by the Company if such loans were not greater than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019.
As of June 30, 2021, $25 million, or 1% of the Company’s Traditional Bank portfolio remained under a COVID-19 hardship accommodation.
The ultimate impact of the above accommodated loan balances on the Company’s Classified, Special Mention, nonperforming, and delinquent loans is currently uncertain. When evaluating its borrowers for further accommodation, the Bank considers prudent options based on the borrower’s credit risk; applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including COVID-related accommodations provided by applicable federal, state, and local laws; and the Bank’s ability to ease cash flow pressures on the affected borrowers while improving the Bank’s likelihood of collection on its loans. If enough borrowers were unable to meet their loan payment obligations at the end of their accommodation periods and were also unable to further extend their accommodation arrangements with the Bank, the Bank’s Classified, Special Mention, nonperforming, and delinquent loans would increase and negatively impact the Company’s overall operating performance.
Classified and Special Mention Loans
The Bank applies credit quality indicators, or ratings, to individual loans based on internal Bank policies. Such internal policies are informed by regulatory standards. Loans rated “Loss,” “Doubtful,” “Substandard,” and PCD-Substandard are considered “Classified.” Loans rated “Special Mention” or PCD-Special Mention are considered Special Mention. The Bank’s Classified and Special Mention loans increased approximately $20 million during the first six months of 2021, driven primarily by commercial-purpose loans within the hospitality and leisure industry downgraded to Special Mention during the first six months of 2021. As previously mentioned, the ultimate impact of loans accommodated due to COVID-19 on the Company’s Classified and Special Mention loans is currently uncertain.
See Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements” for additional discussion regarding Classified and Special Mention loans.
Table 14 — Classified and Special Mention Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
— |
|
Doubtful |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
Substandard |
|
|
26,426 |
|
|
30,193 |
|
|
(3,767) |
|
(12) |
% |
PCD - Substandard |
|
|
1,788 |
|
|
1,887 |
|
|
(99) |
|
(5) |
|
Total Classified Loans |
|
|
28,214 |
|
|
32,080 |
|
|
(3,866) |
|
(12) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Mention |
|
|
113,137 |
|
|
89,206 |
|
|
23,931 |
|
27 |
|
PCD - Special Mention |
|
|
853 |
|
|
895 |
|
|
(42) |
|
(5) |
|
Total Special Mention Loans |
|
|
113,990 |
|
|
90,101 |
|
|
23,889 |
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Classified and Special Mention Loans |
|
$ |
142,204 |
|
$ |
122,181 |
|
$ |
20,023 |
|
16 |
|
103
Nonperforming Loans
Nonperforming loans include loans on nonaccrual status and loans past due 90-days-or-more and still accruing. The nonperforming loan category includes TDRs totaling approximately $7 million and $7 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Nonperforming loans to total loans remained at 0.49% from December 31, 2020 to June 30, 2021. As previously mentioned, the ultimate impact of loans accommodated due to COVID-19 on the Company’s nonperforming loans is currently uncertain.
Table 15 — Nonperforming Loans and Nonperforming Assets Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans on nonaccrual status* |
|
$ |
21,621 |
|
$ |
23,548 |
|
Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still on accrual** |
|
|
723 |
|
|
47 |
|
Total nonperforming loans |
|
|
22,344 |
|
|
23,595 |
|
Other real estate owned |
|
|
1,898 |
|
|
2,499 |
|
Total nonperforming assets |
|
$ |
24,242 |
|
$ |
26,094 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Total Company: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming loans to total loans |
|
|
0.49 |
% |
|
0.49 |
% |
Nonperforming assets to total loans (including OREO) |
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
0.54 |
|
Nonperforming assets to total assets |
|
|
0.39 |
|
|
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Quality Ratios - Core Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming loans to total loans |
|
|
0.49 |
% |
|
0.50 |
% |
Nonperforming assets to total loans (including OREO) |
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
0.56 |
|
Nonperforming assets to total assets |
|
|
0.42 |
|
|
0.45 |
|
* |
Loans on nonaccrual status include collateral-dependent loans. See Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements” for additional discussion regarding collateral-dependent loans. |
** |
Loans past due 90-days-or-more and still accruing consist of smaller balance consumer loans. |
104
Table 16 — Nonperforming Loan Composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
December 31, 2020 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of |
|
|
|
|
Percent of |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
||
(in thousands) |
|
Balance |
|
Loan Class |
Balance |
|
Loan Class |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
|
$ |
13,181 |
|
1.55 |
% |
|
$ |
14,328 |
|
1.63 |
% |
|
Nonowner occupied |
|
|
|
102 |
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
0.03 |
|
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
|
6,548 |
|
0.47 |
|
|
|
6,762 |
|
0.50 |
|
|
Construction & land development |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
|
50 |
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
0.02 |
|
|
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Lease financing receivables |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Aircraft |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
|
1,626 |
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
2,141 |
|
0.89 |
|
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
5 |
|
0.04 |
|
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Automobile loans |
|
|
|
108 |
|
0.51 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
0.56 |
|
|
Other consumer |
|
|
|
6 |
|
0.09 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
0.13 |
|
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
|
21,621 |
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
23,553 |
|
0.63 |
|
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
|
21,621 |
|
0.49 |
|
|
|
23,553 |
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Other TRS loans |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
|
723 |
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
0.04 |
|
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
|
723 |
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
0.04 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total nonperforming loans |
|
|
$ |
22,344 |
|
0.49 |
% |
|
$ |
23,595 |
|
0.49 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
Table 17 — Stratification of Nonperforming Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Nonperforming Loans and Recorded Investment |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
|
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
> $100 & |
|
|
|
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
||||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
No. |
|
<= $100 |
|
|
No. |
|
<= $500 |
|
|
No. |
|
> $500 |
|
|
No. |
|
Balance |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
144 |
|
$ |
4,738 |
|
|
28 |
|
$ |
4,889 |
|
|
4 |
|
$ |
3,554 |
|
|
176 |
|
$ |
13,181 |
|
Nonowner occupied |
|
3 |
|
|
102 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3 |
|
|
102 |
|
Commercial real estate |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4 |
|
|
809 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
5,739 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
6,548 |
|
Construction & land development |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
1 |
|
|
50 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1 |
|
|
50 |
|
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Lease financing receivables |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Aircraft |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Home equity |
|
27 |
|
|
693 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
933 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
31 |
|
|
1,626 |
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
NM |
|
|
— |
|
Overdrafts |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Automobile loans |
|
12 |
|
|
108 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
12 |
|
|
108 |
|
Other consumer |
|
7 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7 |
|
|
6 |
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
194 |
|
|
5,697 |
|
|
36 |
|
|
6,631 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
9,293 |
|
|
237 |
|
|
21,621 |
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total Core Banking |
|
194 |
|
|
5,697 |
|
|
36 |
|
|
6,631 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
9,293 |
|
|
237 |
|
|
21,621 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Other TRS loans |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
NM |
|
|
723 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
NM |
|
|
723 |
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
NM |
|
|
723 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
NM |
|
|
723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
194 |
|
$ |
6,420 |
|
|
36 |
|
$ |
6,631 |
|
|
7 |
|
$ |
9,293 |
|
|
237 |
|
$ |
22,344 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106
Table 18 — Rollforward of Nonperforming Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming loans at the beginning of the period |
|
$ |
22,520 |
|
$ |
20,853 |
|
$ |
23,595 |
|
$ |
23,489 |
|
Loans added to nonperforming status during the period that remained nonperforming at the end of the period |
|
|
1,042 |
|
|
3,069 |
|
|
1,772 |
|
|
4,658 |
|
Loans removed from nonperforming status during the period that were nonperforming at the beginning of the period (see table below) |
|
|
(934) |
|
|
(2,981) |
|
|
(2,838) |
|
|
(7,898) |
|
Principal balance paydowns of loans nonperforming at both period ends |
|
|
(490) |
|
|
(561) |
|
|
(860) |
|
|
(208) |
|
Net change in principal balance of other loans nonperforming at both period ends* |
|
|
206 |
|
|
39 |
|
|
675 |
|
|
378 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming loans at the end of the period |
|
$ |
22,344 |
|
$ |
20,419 |
|
$ |
22,344 |
|
$ |
20,419 |
|
* |
Includes relatively small consumer portfolios, e.g., RCS loans. |
Table 19 — Detail of Loans Removed from Nonperforming Status
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans charged off |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(273) |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(2) |
|
Loans transferred to OREO |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,109) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,109) |
|
Loans refinanced at other institutions |
|
|
(752) |
|
|
(490) |
|
|
(2,650) |
|
|
(2,445) |
|
Loans returned to accrual status |
|
|
(182) |
|
|
(109) |
|
|
(188) |
|
|
(3,342) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans removed from nonperforming status during the period that were nonperforming at the beginning of the period |
|
$ |
(934) |
|
$ |
(2,981) |
|
$ |
(2,838) |
|
$ |
(7,898) |
|
Based on the Bank’s review as of June 30, 2021, management believes that its reserves are adequate to absorb expected losses on all nonperforming loans.
Delinquent Loans
Total Company delinquent loans to total loans remained at 0.41% from December 31, 2020 to June 30, 2021. Core Bank delinquent loans to total Core Bank loans increased to 0.22% as of June 30, 2021 from 0.21% as of December 31, 2020. With the exception of small-dollar consumer loans, all Traditional Bank loans past due 90-days-or-more as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were on nonaccrual status. As previously mentioned, the ultimate impact of loans accommodated due to COVID-19 on the Company’s delinquent loans is currently uncertain.
107
Table 20 — Delinquent Loan Composition*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2021 |
December 31, 2020 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of |
|
|
|
|
Percent of |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
||
(in thousands) |
|
Balance |
|
Loan Class |
Balance |
|
Loan Class |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Traditional Banking: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner occupied |
|
|
$ |
2,608 |
|
0.31 |
% |
|
$ |
3,260 |
|
0.37 |
% |
|
Nonowner occupied |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Commercial real estate |
|
|
|
6,816 |
|
0.49 |
|
|
|
5,457 |
|
0.40 |
|
|
Construction & land development |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Commercial & industrial |
|
|
|
12 |
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
0.00 |
|
|
Paycheck Protection Program |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Lease financing receivables |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Aircraft |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Home equity |
|
|
|
249 |
|
0.11 |
|
|
|
702 |
|
0.29 |
|
|
Consumer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit cards |
|
|
|
64 |
|
0.43 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
0.51 |
|
|
Overdrafts |
|
|
|
145 |
|
20.22 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
25.04 |
|
|
Automobile loans |
|
|
|
11 |
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
0.18 |
|
|
Other consumer |
|
|
|
4 |
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
0.07 |
|
|
Total Traditional Banking |
|
|
|
9,909 |
|
0.28 |
|
|
|
9,713 |
|
0.26 |
|
|
Warehouse lines of credit |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Total Core Banking |
|
|
|
9,909 |
|
0.22 |
|
|
|
9,713 |
|
0.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Refund Solutions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Easy Advances |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Other TRS loans |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
Republic Credit Solutions |
|
|
|
8,809 |
|
7.66 |
|
|
|
10,234 |
|
9.23 |
|
|
Total Republic Processing Group |
|
|
|
8,809 |
|
7.66 |
|
|
|
10,234 |
|
9.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total delinquent loans |
|
|
$ |
18,718 |
|
0.41 |
% |
|
$ |
19,947 |
|
0.42 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Represents total loans 30-days-or-more past due. Delinquent status may be determined by either the number of days past due or number of payments past due.
108
Table 21 — Rollforward of Delinquent Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delinquent loans at the beginning of the period |
|
$ |
14,986 |
|
$ |
42,627 |
|
$ |
19,947 |
|
$ |
20,804 |
|
Loans added to delinquency status during the period and remained in delinquency status at the end of the period |
|
|
2,717 |
|
|
2,823 |
|
|
3,276 |
|
|
3,080 |
|
Loans removed from delinquency status during the period that were in delinquency status at the beginning of the period (see table below) |
|
|
(1,425) |
|
|
(29,901) |
|
|
(3,016) |
|
|
(7,513) |
|
Principal balance paydowns of loans delinquent at both period ends |
|
|
(31) |
|
|
(1,394) |
|
|
(54) |
|
|
(2,189) |
|
Net change in principal balance of other loans delinquent at both period ends* |
|
|
2,471 |
|
|
(109) |
|
|
(1,435) |
|
|
(136) |
|
Delinquent loans at the end of period |
|
$ |
18,718 |
|
$ |
14,046 |
|
$ |
18,718 |
|
$ |
14,046 |
|
* |
Includes relatively-small consumer portfolios, e.g., RCS loans. |
Table 22 — Detail of Loans Removed from Delinquent Status
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
Six Months Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
June 30, |
|
||||||||
(in thousands) |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
2021 |
|
2020 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans charged off |
|
$ |
(2) |
|
$ |
(2) |
|
$ |
(1) |
|
$ |
(2) |
|
Easy Advances paid-off or charged-off |
|
|
— |
|
|
(23,467) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Loans transferred to OREO |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,109) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,109) |
|
Loans refinanced at other institutions |
|
|
(667) |
|
|
(1,270) |
|
|
(1,796) |
|
|
(3,012) |
|
Loans paid current |
|
|
(756) |
|
|
(3,053) |
|
|
(1,219) |
|
|
(2,390) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total loans removed from delinquency status during the period that were in delinquency status at the beginning of the period |
|
$ |
(1,425) |
|
$ |
(29,901) |
|
$ |
(3,016) |
|
$ |
(7,513) |
|
Collateral Dependent Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings
When management determines that a loan is collateral dependent and foreclosure is probable, expected credit losses are based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, adjusted for selling costs if appropriate. The Bank’s policy is to charge-off all or that portion of its recorded investment in collateral-dependent loans upon a determination that it expects the full amount of contractual principal and interest will not be collected.
A TDR is a situation where, due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that the Bank would not otherwise have considered. The majority of the Bank’s TDRs involve a restructuring of loan terms such as a temporary reduction in the payment amount to require only interest and escrow (if required), reducing the loan’s interest rate and/or extending the maturity date of the debt. Nonaccrual loans modified as TDRs remain on nonaccrual status and continue to be reported as nonperforming loans. Accruing loans modified as TDRs are evaluated for nonaccrual status based on a current evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and ability and willingness to service the modified debt.
Table 23 — Collateral-Dependent Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cashflow-dependent TDRs |
|
$ |
8,807 |
|
$ |
10,938 |
|
$ |
(2,131) |
|
(19) |
% |
|
Collateral-dependent TDRs |
|
|
9,506 |
|
|
9,840 |
|
|
(334) |
|
(3) |
|
|
Total TDRs |
|
|
18,313 |
|
|
20,778 |
|
|
(2,465) |
|
(12) |
|
|
Collateral dependent loans (which are not TDRs) |
|
|
15,468 |
|
|
20,806 |
|
|
(5,338) |
|
(26) |
|
|
Total recorded investment in TDRs and collateral-dependent loans |
|
$ |
33,781 |
|
$ |
41,584 |
|
$ |
(7,803) |
|
(19) |
% |
|
See Footnote 4 “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements” for additional discussion regarding collateral-dependent loans and TDRs.
109
Deposits
Table 24 — Deposit Composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
June 30, 2021 |
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Core Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand |
|
$ |
1,231,449 |
|
$ |
1,217,263 |
|
$ |
14,186 |
|
1 |
% |
|
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
810,307 |
|
|
712,824 |
|
|
97,483 |
|
14 |
|
|
|
Savings |
|
|
281,164 |
|
|
236,335 |
|
|
44,829 |
|
19 |
|
|
|
Individual retirement accounts (1) |
|
|
46,694 |
|
|
47,889 |
|
|
(1,195) |
|
(2) |
|
|
|
Time deposits, $250 and over (1) |
|
|
78,702 |
|
|
83,448 |
|
|
(4,746) |
|
(6) |
|
|
|
Other certificates of deposit (1) |
|
|
171,995 |
|
|
199,214 |
|
|
(27,219) |
|
(14) |
|
|
|
Reciprocal money market and time deposits (1) |
|
|
301,384 |
|
|
314,109 |
|
|
(12,725) |
|
(4) |
|
|
|
Brokered deposits (1) |
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
25,010 |
|
|
4,990 |
|
20 |
|
|
|
Total Core Bank interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
2,951,695 |
|
|
2,836,092 |
|
|
115,603 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
Total Core Bank noninterest-bearing deposits |
|
|
1,622,279 |
|
|
1,503,662 |
|
|
118,617 |
|
8 |
|
|
|
Total Core Bank deposits |
|
|
4,573,974 |
|
|
4,339,754 |
|
|
234,220 |
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Processing Group: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money market accounts |
|
|
3,450 |
|
|
6,673 |
|
|
(3,223) |
|
(48) |
|
|
|
Total RPG interest-bearing deposits |
|
|
3,450 |
|
|
6,673 |
|
|
(3,223) |
|
(48) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokered prepaid card deposits |
|
|
334,967 |
|
|
257,856 |
|
|
77,111 |
|
30 |
|
|
|
Other noninterest-bearing deposits |
|
|
58,203 |
|
|
110,021 |
|
|
(51,818) |
|
(47) |
|
|
|
Total RPG noninterest-bearing deposits |
|
|
393,170 |
|
|
367,877 |
|
|
25,293 |
|
7 |
|
|
|
Total RPG deposits |
|
|
396,620 |
|
|
374,550 |
|
|
22,070 |
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits of discontinued operations (2) |
|
|
46,984 |
|
|
18,877 |
|
|
28,107 |
|
149 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deposits |
|
$ |
5,017,578 |
|
$ |
4,733,181 |
|
$ |
284,397 |
|
6 |
% |
|
|
(1) | Includes time deposit |
(2) | See additional detail regarding the Bank’s agreement to sell TRS under Footnote 17 “Discontinued Operations” in this section of the filing. |
Total Company deposits increased $284 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2020 to $5.0 billion as of June 30, 2021.
Total Core Bank deposits increased $234 million, or 5%, with the following primarily driving growth:
● | Management believes its deposit balances continue to be the beneficiary of Federal government stimulus brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic. During the first six months of 2021, the Federal government issued two rounds of economic stimulus payments. At this time, management is uncertain how long these stimulus funds may remain at the Bank. |
● | The Core Bank originated $208 million of PPP loans during the first six months of 2021, with PPP borrowers generally retaining their loan proceeds within a deposit account at the Bank. |
● | Management believes that much of the growth in noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits at the Core Bank has been, and continues to be, a flight to safety brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic. At this time, management is unable to predict how long these funds might remain at the Bank due to the uncertain economic environment for many of the depositors, including the depositors’ short-term and long-term cash needs. |
Total RPG deposits from continuing operations increased $22 million, or 6%, for the first six months of 2021, with the following primarily driving growth:
● | RPG noninterest-bearing deposits growth was primarily driven by the following: |
● | RPG prepaid card balances within its RPS division increased $77 million, driven by government stimulus funds applied to prepaid card deposit balances. At this time, management is uncertain how long these stimulus funds may remain at the Bank. |
110
● | RPG other noninterest-bearing deposits decreased $52 million, driven by an outflow of funds associated with the RCS segment’s line-of-credit products. |
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
FHLB advances declined by $210 million from December 31, 2020 to June 30, 2021, as the Bank continued to maintain sufficient deposit balances to meet its current liquidity needs. The Bank held $25 million in overnight advances at a rate of 0.15% as of June 30, 2021, compared to $225 million in overnight advances at a rate of 0.16% as of December 31, 2020. Given the overall amount of liquidity on the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, management does not anticipate that FHLB term or overnight advances will likely be utilized to any material extent over the near term.
Overall use of FHLB advances during a given year is dependent upon many factors including asset growth, deposit growth, current earnings, and expectations of future interest rates, among others.
Interest Rate Swaps
The Bank enters into interest rate swaps to facilitate client transactions and meet their financing needs. Upon entering into these instruments, the Bank enters into offsetting positions in order to minimize the Bank’s interest rate risk. These swaps are derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, and therefore changes in fair value are reported in current year earnings.
See Footnote 12 “Interest Rate Swaps” of Part I Item 1 “Financial Statements” for additional discussion regarding the Bank’s interest rate swaps.
Liquidity
The Company had a loan to deposit ratio (excluding brokered deposits) of 98% as of June 30, 2021 and 108% as of December 31, 2020. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents on-hand of $747 million and $486 million. The Bank also had available borrowing capacity of $909 million and $683 million from the FHLB as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. In addition, the Bank’s liquidity resources included unencumbered debt securities of $280 million and $274 million as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and unsecured lines of credit of $125 million available through various other financial institutions as of the same period-ends.
The Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to fund routine loan demand and routine deposit withdrawal activity. Liquidity is managed by maintaining sufficient liquid assets in the form of investment securities. Funding and cash flows can also be realized by the sale of AFS debt securities, principal paydowns on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and proceeds realized from loans held for sale. The Bank’s liquidity is impacted by its ability to sell certain investment securities, which is limited due to the level of investment securities that are needed to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB borrowings, and for other purposes, as required by law. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, these pledged investment securities had a fair value of $291 million and $304 million. Republic’s banking centers and its website, www.republicbank.com, provide access to retail deposit markets. These retail deposit products, if offered at attractive rates, have historically been a source of additional funding when needed. If the Bank were to lose a significant funding source, such as a few major depositors, or if any of its lines of credit were canceled, or if the Bank cannot obtain brokered deposits, the Bank would be compelled to offer market leading deposit interest rates to meet its funding and liquidity needs.
As of June 30, 2021, the Bank had approximately $1.5 billion in deposits from 242 large non-sweep deposit relationships, including reciprocal deposits, where the individual relationship exceeded $2 million. The 20 largest non-sweep deposit relationships represented approximately $637 million, or 13%, of the Company’s total deposit balances as of June 30, 2021. These accounts do not require collateral; therefore, cash from these accounts can generally be utilized to fund the loan portfolio. If any of these balances were moved from the Bank, the Bank would likely utilize overnight borrowing lines in the short-term to replace the balances. On a longer-term basis, the Bank would likely utilize wholesale-brokered deposits to replace withdrawn balances, or alternatively, higher-cost internet-sourced deposits. Based on past experience utilizing brokered deposits and internet-sourced deposits, the Bank believes it can quickly obtain these types of deposits if needed. The overall cost of gathering these types of deposits, however, could be substantially higher than the Traditional Bank deposits they replace, potentially decreasing the Bank’s earnings.
111
Capital
Total stockholders’ equity increased from $823 million as of December 31, 2020 to $845 million as of June 30, 2021. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to net income earned during 2021 reduced primarily by cash dividends declared and Class A common stock repurchased.
See Part II, Item 2. “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” for additional detail regarding stock repurchases and stock buyback programs.
Common Stock — The Class A Common shares are entitled to cash dividends equal to 110% of the cash dividend paid per share on Class B Common Stock. Class A Common shares have one vote per share and Class B Common shares have ten votes per share. Class B Common shares may be converted, at the option of the holder, to Class A Common shares on a share for share basis. The Class A Common shares are not convertible into any other class of Republic’s capital stock.
Dividend Restrictions — The Parent Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments are dividends received from RB&T. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Parent Company by the Bank without prior approval of the respective states’ banking regulators. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid in any calendar year is limited to the current year’s net profits, combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years. As of June 30, 2021, RB&T could, without prior approval, declare dividends of approximately $163 million. Any payment of dividends in the future will depend, in large part, on the Company’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, and other factors considered relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors.
Regulatory Capital Requirements — The Company and the Bank are subject to capital regulations in accordance with Basel III, as administered by banking regulators. Regulatory agencies measure capital adequacy within a framework that makes capital requirements, in part, dependent on the individual risk profiles of financial institutions. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on Republic’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Parent Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators regarding components, risk weightings and other factors.
Banking regulators have categorized the Bank as well-capitalized. For prompt corrective action, the regulations in accordance with Basel III define “well capitalized” as a 10.0% Total Risk-Based Capital ratio, a 6.5% Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital ratio, an 8.0% Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital ratio, and a 5.0% Tier 1 Leverage ratio. Additionally, in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, the Company and Bank must hold a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% composed of Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital above their minimum risk-based capital requirements.
Republic continues to exceed the regulatory requirements for Total Risk Based Capital, Common Equity Tier I Risk Based Capital, Tier I Risk Based Capital and Tier I Leverage Capital. Republic and the Bank intend to maintain a capital position that meets or exceeds the “well-capitalized” requirements as defined by the FRB and the FDIC, in addition to the Capital Conservation Buffer. Republic’s average stockholders’ equity to average assets ratio was 13.25% as of June 30, 2021 compared to 13.35% as of December 31, 2020. Formal measurements of the capital ratios for Republic and the Bank are performed by the Company at each quarter end.
In 2005, RBCT, an unconsolidated trust subsidiary of Republic, was formed and issued $40 million in TPS. The sole asset of RBCT represents the proceeds of the offering loaned to Republic in exchange for a subordinated note with similar terms to the TPS. The RBCT TPS are treated as part of Republic’s Tier I Capital.
The subordinated note and related interest expense are included in Republic’s consolidated financial statements. The subordinated note paid a fixed interest rate of 6.015% through September 30, 2015 and adjusted to 3-month LIBOR plus 1.42% on a quarterly basis thereafter. The subordinated note matures on December 31, 2035 and is redeemable at the Company’s option on a quarterly basis. In July 2021, the Company’s board approved the redemption of the RBCT TPS and the repayment of the subordinated note for the end of the third quarter of 2021.
112
Table 25 — Capital Ratios (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2021 |
|
As of December 31, 2020 |
|
|
||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capital to risk-weighted assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Bancorp, Inc. |
|
$ |
920,201 |
|
18.93 |
% |
$ |
896,053 |
|
18.52 |
% |
|
Republic Bank & Trust Company |
|
|
833,178 |
|
17.15 |
|
|
796,114 |
|
16.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Bancorp, Inc. |
|
$ |
868,526 |
|
17.04 |
% |
$ |
803,682 |
|
16.61 |
% |
|
Republic Bank & Trust Company |
|
|
781,503 |
|
16.09 |
|
|
743,743 |
|
15.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Bancorp, Inc. |
|
$ |
828,526 |
|
17.86 |
% |
$ |
843,682 |
|
17.43 |
% |
|
Republic Bank & Trust Company |
|
|
781,503 |
|
16.09 |
|
|
743,743 |
|
15.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tier 1 leverage capital to average assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Republic Bancorp, Inc. |
|
$ |
828,526 |
|
13.51 |
% |
$ |
843,682 |
|
13.70 |
% |
|
Republic Bank & Trust Company |
|
|
781,503 |
|
12.17 |
|
|
743,743 |
|
12.11 |
|
|
(1) | The Company and the Bank elected in 2020 to defer the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. The deferral period is five years, with the total estimated CECL impact 100% deferred for the first two years, then phased in over the next three years. If not for this election, the Company’s regulatory capital ratios would have been approximately 15 basis points lower than those presented in the table above as of June 30, 2021. |
113
Asset/Liability Management and Market Risk
Asset/liability management is designed to ensure safety and soundness, maintain liquidity, meet regulatory capital standards, and achieve acceptable net interest income based on the Bank’s risk tolerance. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income as a result of market fluctuations in interest rates. The Bank, on an ongoing basis, monitors interest rate and liquidity risk in order to implement appropriate funding and balance sheet strategies. Management considers interest rate risk to be a significant risk to the Bank’s overall earnings and balance sheet.
The interest sensitivity profile of the Bank at any point in time will be impacted by a number of factors. These factors include the mix of interest sensitive assets and liabilities, as well as their relative pricing schedules. It is also influenced by changes in market interest rates, deposit and loan balances, and other factors.
The Bank utilizes earnings simulation models as tools to measure interest rate sensitivity, including both a static and dynamic earnings simulation model. A static simulation model is based on current exposures and assumes a constant balance sheet. In contrast, a dynamic simulation model relies on detailed assumptions regarding changes in existing business lines, new business, and changes in management and customer behavior. While the Bank runs the static simulation model as one measure of interest rate risk, historically, the Bank has utilized its dynamic earnings simulation model as its primary interest rate risk tool to measure the potential changes in market interest rates and their subsequent effects on net interest income for a one-year time period. This dynamic model projects a “Base” case net interest income over the next 12 months and the effect on net interest income of instantaneous movements in interest rates between various basis point increments equally across all points on the yield curve. Many assumptions based on growth expectations and on the historical behavior of the Bank’s deposit and loan rates and their related balances in relation to changes in interest rates are incorporated into this dynamic model. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the dynamic model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to the actual timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, the actual timing and magnitude of changes in loan and deposit balances, as well as the actual changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies as compared to those projected in the various simulated models. Additionally, actual results could differ materially from the model if interest rates do not move equally across all points on the yield curve.
As of June 30, 2021, a dynamic simulation model was run for interest rate changes from “Down 100” basis points to “Up 400” basis points. The following table illustrates the Bank’s projected percent change from its Base net interest income over the period beginning July 1, 2021 and ending June 30, 2022 based on instantaneous movements in interest rates from Down 100 to Up 400 basis points equally across all points on the yield curve. The Bank’s dynamic earnings simulation model includes secondary market loan fees and excludes Traditional Bank loan fees.
Table 26 — Bank Interest Rate Sensitivity (Continuing Operations)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Rates |
|
|||||||||||||
|
-100 |
|
+100 |
|
+200 |
|
+300 |
|
+400 |
|
|||||
|
Basis Points |
|
Basis Points |
|
Basis Points |
|
Basis Points |
|
Basis Points |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% Change from base net interest income as of June 30, 2021 |
|
(1.0) |
% |
|
(1.7) |
% |
|
(1.4) |
% |
|
2.4 |
% |
|
6.5 |
% |
% Change from base net interest income as of December 31, 2020 |
|
0.4 |
% |
|
(4.5) |
% |
|
(7.0) |
% |
|
(5.7) |
% |
|
(4.2) |
% |
The Bank’s dynamic simulation model run for June 2021 projected a decrease in the Bank’s net interest income plus secondary market loan fees for the “Down-100”, “Up-100” and “Up-200” scenarios, while the “Up-300” and “Up-400” rate scenarios projected increases. The projections as of December 2020 reflected a modest increase in the Down-100 scenario and decreases in all Up-rate scenarios.
As compared to December 2020, the deterioration in the Down-100 rate scenario for June 2021 was generally because the Bank had less ability in June 2021 than December to reprice its liabilities downward. The improvement in the Up-rate scenarios was due partially to growth in interest-earning assets and partially to a smaller projected falloff in secondary market fees for the June 2021 simulation than previously projected for the December 2020 simulation.
For additional discussion regarding the Bank’s net interest income, see the sections titled “Net Interest Income” in this section of the filing under “RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2020) and “RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2020.”
114
Item 3.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Information required by this item is included under Part I, Item 2., “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Item 4.Controls and Procedures.
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out by Republic Bancorp, Inc.’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. In addition, no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during the fiscal quarter covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.Legal Proceedings.
In the ordinary course of operations, Republic and the Bank are defendants in various legal proceedings. There is no proceeding pending or threatened litigation, to the knowledge of management, in which an adverse decision could result in a material adverse change in the business or consolidated financial position of Republic or the Bank.
115
Item 1A.Risk Factors.
FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
There have been no material changes in the Company’s risk factors as previously disclosed in Part 1, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. You should carefully consider the risk factors discussed in Republic’s 2020 Form 10-K, which could materially affect its business, financial condition or future results.
Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
Details of Republic’s Class A Common Stock purchases during the second quarter of 2021 are included in the following table:
The Company repurchased 255,060 shares during the second quarter of 2021. In connection with employee stock awards, there were 15,846 shares withheld upon exercise of stock options to cover withholding taxes and the exercise price. On January 27, 2021, the Board of Directors of Republic Bancorp, Inc. increased the Company’s existing authorization to purchase shares of its Class A Common Stock to 1,000,000 shares, an increase of 941,577 shares from the buyback program that was previously in place. The repurchase program will remain effective until the total number of shares authorized is repurchased or until Republic’s Board of Directors terminates the program. As of June 30, 2021, the Company had 638,280 remaining shares that could be repurchased under its current share repurchase program.
During the second quarter of 2021, there were approximately 32,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock by stockholders of Republic in accordance with the share-for-share conversion option of the Class B Common Stock. The exemption from registration of newly issued Class A Common Stock relies upon Section (3)(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933.
There were no equity securities of the registrant sold without registration during the quarter covered by this report.
116
Item 6.Exhibits.
The following exhibits are filed or furnished as a part of this report:
|
|
|
Exhibit Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
Republic Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective May 1, 2021 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
32* |
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
The following financial statements from the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q were formatted in iXBRL(Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
|
|
|
104 |
|
Cover Page Interactive Data File formatted in iXBRL and contained in Exhibit 101. |
* |
This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. |
117
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. |
|
|
|
|
(Registrant) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Executive Officer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: August 6, 2021 |
|
|
/s/ Steven E. Trager |
|
|
|
|
By: Steven E. Trager |
|
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Financial Officer: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: August 6, 2021 |
|
|
/s/ Kevin Sipes |
|
|
|
|
By: Kevin Sipes |
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial |
|
|
|
|
Officer and Chief Accounting Officer |
118
|
EXHIBIT 10.1 REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD ADOPTION AGREEMENT #001 NON-STANDARDIZED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PRE-APPROVED PLAN The undersigned Employer, by executing this Adoption Agreement, establishes a retirement plan (collectively "Plan") under the Great-West Trust Company, LLC Defined Contribution Pre-Approved Plan (basic plan document #02). The Employer, subject to the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections, adopts fully the Pre-Approved Plan provisions. This Adoption Agreement, the basic plan document and any attached Appendices or agreements permitted or referenced therein, constitute the Employer's entire plan doc ument. All "Election" references within this Adoption Agreement are Adoption Agreement Elections. All "Article" or "Section" references are basic plan document references. Numbers in parentheses which follow election numbers are basic plan document references. Where an Adoption Agreement election calls for the Employer to supply text, the Employer (without altering the content of any existing printed text) may lengthen any space or line, or create additional tiers. When Employer-supplied text uses terms substantially similar to existing printed options, all clarifications and caveats applicable to the printed options apply to the Employer-supplied text unless the context requires otherwise. The Employer makes the following elections granted under the corresponding p rovisions of the basic plan document. ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1. EMPLOYER (1.24). (An amendment to the Adoption Agreement is not needed solely to reflect a change in this Employer Information Section.) Name: Republic Bancorp, Inc. Address: 601 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202 Phone number: (502) 584-3600 Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 61-0862051 E-mail (optional): Employer's Taxable Year (optional): December 31 2.PLAN (1.42). Name: Republic Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan Plan number: 001 (3-digit number for Form 5500 reporting) Name of Trust: Republic Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Trust Trust EIN (optional): 3.PLAN/LIMITATION YEAR (1.44/1.34). Plan Year and Limitation Year mean the 12 consecutive month period (except for a short Plan/Limitation Year) ending every: [Note: Complete any applicable blanks under Election 3 with a specific date, e.g., June 30 OR the last day of February OR the first Tuesday in January. In the case of a Short Plan Year or a Short Limitation Year, include the year, e.g., May 1, 2020.] Plan Year (select one of (a) or (b); choose (c) if applicable): (a) (b) (c) [X] [ ] [ ] December 31. Fiscal Plan Year: ending: . Short Plan Year: commencing: and ending: . Limitation Year (select one of (d) or (e); choose (f) if applicable): (d) [X] Generally same as Plan Year. The Limitation Year is the same as the Plan Year except where the Plan Year is a short year in which event the Limitation Year is always a 12 month period, unless the short Plan Year (and short Limitation Year) result from a Plan amendment. [ ] Different Limitation Year: ending: . (e) (f) [ ] Short Limitation Year: commencing: and ending: . 4. EFFECTIVE DATE (1.20). The Employer's adoption of the Plan is a (select one of (a) or (b); complete (c) for all plans; complete (d) if an amendment and restatement): (a) [ ] New Plan. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 1 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (b) [X]Restated Plan. CYCLE 3 RESTATEMENT (leave blank if not applicable) (1) [X] This is an amendment and restatement to bring a plan into compliance with the requirements of the 2017 Cumulative List (Notice 2017-37). Initial Effective Date of Plan (enter date) (c) [X] January 1, 1984 (hereinafter called the "Effective Date" unless 4(d) is entered below) [Note: The Effective Date in 4(c) cannot be earlier than the first day of the Plan Year in which the Plan is adopted. The Effective Date of any Salary Reduction Agreement will not be earlier than the date the Plan is adopted. See 1.57(A)] Restatement Effective Date (If this is an amendment and restatement, enter effective date of the restatement) (d) [X] May 1, 2021 (enter month day, year; this date cannot be earlier than the first day of the current Plan Year. The Plan contains appropriate retroactive effective dates with respect to provisions for the appropriate laws if the Plan is a Cycle 3 Restatement.) (hereinafter called the "Effective Date") [Note: See Section 1.54 for the definition of Restated Plan. If this Plan is a Cycle 3 Restatement, the basic plan document supplies the Effective Dates of various recent legal changes. If specific Plan provisions, as reflected in this Adoption Agreement and the basic plan documents, do not have the Effective Date stated in this Election 4, indicate as such in the election where called for or in Appendix A.] Optional provisions. (choose one or more of (e) and (f) if applicable): (e) [ ] Restatement of surviving and merging plans. The Plan restates two (or more) plans (Complete 4(c) and (d) above for this (surviving) Plan. Complete (1) below for the merging plan. Choose (2) if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the restated Effective Date with regard to a merging plan is the later of the date of the merger or the restated Effective Date of this Plan.): (1) [ ] Merging plan. The Plan was or will be merged into this surviving Plan as of: . The merging plan's restated Effective Date is: . The merging plan's original Effective Date was: . [See the Note under Election 4(d) if this document is the merging plan's Cycle 3 restatement.] (2)[ ] Additional merging plans. The following additional plans were or will be merged into this surviving Plan (Complete a.; complete b. if applicable): Restated Effective Date Original Effective Date Name of merging plan Merger date a. b. (f) [ ] Special Effective Date for Elective Deferral provisions: [Note: If Elective Deferral provision is not effective as of the Initial Effective Date or the Restatement Effective Date, ent er the date as of which the Elective Deferral provision is effective. The Special Effective Date may not precede the date on which the Employer adopted the Plan.] 5. (a) (b) TYPE OF PLAN (1.29/1.36/1.48) (select one of (a), (b), or (c)) [X]401(k) Plan. [Note: A 401(k) Plan is also a Profit Sharing Plan. Section 1.29] [ ] Money Purchase Pension Plan. [Note: Under Contributions, may only elect 6(d), 6(f), and 6(h). In applying Adoption Agreement elections, Nonelective Contributions include Money Purchase Pension Contributions unless the context requires otherwise.] [ ] Profit Sharing Plan. [Note: Under Contributions, may only elect 6(d), 6(f), and 6(h).] (c) 6. CONTRIBUTION TYPES (1.12). The selections made below should correspond with the selections made under Article III of this Adoption Agreement. (If this is a frozen Plan (i.e., all contributions have ceased), choose (a) only and PRIOR CONTRIBUTIONS only): Frozen Plan. See Sections 3.01(J) and 11.04. (leave blank if not applicable) (a) [ ] Contributions cease. All Contributions have ceased or will cease (Plan is frozen). (choose (1) if applicable, then skip to Election 7) (1 ) [ ] Effective date of freeze: [Note: Effective date is optional unless this is the amendment or restatement to freeze the Plan.] [Note: Elections 20 through 30 and Elections 35 through 37 do not apply to any Plan Year in which the Plan is frozen .] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 2 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD Contributions. The Employer and/or Participants, in accordance with the Plan terms, make the following Contribution Types t o the Plan/Trust (select one or more of (b) through (h)): (b) [X] Pre-Tax Deferrals. See Section 3.02 and Elections 20-23. (1 ) [X] Roth Deferrals. See Section 3.02(E) and Elections 20, 21, and 23. [Note: The Employer may not limit Elective Deferrals to Roth Deferrals only.] (c) [ ] Matching. See Sections 1.35 and 3.03 and Elections 24-26. [Note: The Employer may make an Operational QMAC without electing 6(c). See Section 3.03(C)(2). Do not elect for a safe harbor plan; use 6(e) instead.] [ ] Nonelective/Money Purchase Pension Plan. See Sections 1.38 and 3.04 and Elections 27-29. [Note: The Employer may make an Operational QNEC without electing 6(d). See Section 3.04(C)(2).] [X] Safe Harbor/Additional Matching. The Plan is (or pursuant to a delayed election, may be) a safe harbor 401(k) Plan. The Employer will make (or under a delayed election, may make) Safe Harbor Contributions as it elects in Election 30. The Employer may or may not make Additional Matching Contributions as it elects in Election 30. See Election 26 as to matching Catch-Up Deferrals. See Section 3.05. [ ] Employee (after-tax). See Section 3.09 and Election 35. [ ] SIMPLE 401(k). The Plan is a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. See Section 3.10. [Note: The Employer electing 6(g) must elect a calendar year under 3(a) and may not elect any other Contribution Types except under Elections 6(b) and 6(h).] [ ] Designated IRA. See Section 3.12 and Election 36. (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) Prior Contributions. The Plan used to permit, but no longer does, the following contributions (optional; choose all that apply, if any): (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) (p) (q) (r) [ ] Pre-tax Elective Deferrals [ ] Roth Elective Deferrals [ ] Safe Harbor Contributions [ ] Matching contributions [ ] Money Purchase Pension Plan contributions [ ] Other Nonelective contributions [ ] Rollover contributions [ ] Employee contributions [ ] SIMPLE 401(k) contributions [ ] Designated IRA 7. (a) DISABILITY (1.16). A Participant is Disabled or has a Disability if (select one of (a) through (d)): [ ] The Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. The permanence and degree of such impairment must be supported by medical evidence. [ ] The Social Security Administration or Railroad Retirement Board determines that the Participant is totally disabled. [ ] The applicable insurance company providing disability insurance to the Participant under an Employer sponsored disability program determines that a Participant is disabled under the insurance contract definition of disability. [X] Describe: a permanent and total disability incurred by a Participant while in the employ of the Employer. For this purpose, a (b) (c) (d) Participant shall be deemed disabled if he or she is in receipt of disability benefits from the Social Security Administration for a total disability [Note: The Employer may elect an alternative definition of disability for purposes of Plan distributions (e.g., Participants covered und er the Employer's disability insurance program are Disabled if the applicable insurance company providing insurance pursuant to that program determines that the Participant is disabled under the insurance contract definition of disability. Other Participants are disabled if the Social Security Administration or Railroad Retirement Board determines that the Participant is totally disab led.).] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 3 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 8.EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES (1.22(D)). The following Employees are not Eligible Employees but are Excluded Employees (select one of (a), (b), or (c)): [Note: Regardless of the Employer's elections under Election 8: (i) Employees of any Related Employers (excluding the Signatory Employer) are Excluded Employees unless the Related Employer becomes a Participating Employer; and (ii) Reclassified Employee s and Leased Employees are Excluded Employees unless the Employer in Appendix B elects o therwise. See Sections 1.22(B), 1.22(D)(3), and 1.24(D). However, in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, see Section 12.02(B) as to the Employees of the Lead Employer.] (a) [ ] No Excluded Employees. There are no additional excluded Employees under the Plan as to any Contribution Type (skip to Election 9). [X] Exclusions - same for all Contribution Types. The following Employees are Excluded Employees for all Contribution Types (select one or more of (e) through (l); select column (1) for each exclusion elected at (e) through (k)): [ ] Exclusions - different exclusions apply. The following Employees are Excluded Employees for the designated Contribution Type (select one or more of (d) through (l); select Contribution Type as applicable (may only be selected with 401(k) plans)): (b) (c) [Note for 401(k) plans: For this Election 8, unless described otherwise in Election 8(l), Elective Deferrals includes Pre -Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals, Employee Contributions and Safe Harbor Contributions. Matching includes a ll Matching Contributions except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. ] (1) All Contributions N/A (See Election 8(a)) [X] (2) Elective Deferrals (3) (4) Exclusions Matching Nonelective [ ] (d) [ ] No exclusions. No exclusions as to the designated Contribution Type. Collective Bargaining (union) Employees. As described in Code §410(b)(3)(A). See Section 1.22(D)(1). Non-Resident Aliens. As described in Code §410(b)(3)(C). See Section 1.22(D)(2). HCEs. See Section 1.22(E). See Election 30(f) as to exclusion of some or all HCEs from Safe Harbor Contributions. Hourly paid Employees. Residents of Puerto Rico. Interns. See Section 1.22(D)(7). [Note: This exclusion could result in the plan failing to meet [ ] [ ] (e) [X] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (f) [X] [X] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (g) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (h) (i) (j) [ [ ] ] [ [ ] ] OR OR OR [ [ [ ] ] ] [ [ [ ] ] ] [ [ [ ] ] ] [X] [X] the coverage requirements of Code §410(b), and may not be utilized as a disguised age or service condition.] Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees. See Section 1.22(D)(4). A Part-Time, Temporary or Seasonal Employee is an Employee whose regularly scheduled Service is less than 1,000 (k) [X] [X] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (specify a maximum of 1,000) Hours of Service in the relevant Eligibility Computation Period. [Note: The "relevant" Eligibility Computation Period is the Initial or Subsequent Eligibility Computation Period as defined in Section 2.02(C). Also see Appendix B, Election (b)(9).] [Note: If the Employer under Election 8(k) elects to treat Part-Time, Temporary and Seasonal Employees as Excluded Employees and any such Employee actually completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period, the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. See Section 1.22(D)(4).] [ ] Describe exclusion category and/or Contribution Type: (l) (e.g., Exclude Division B Employees OR Exclude salaried Employees from Discretionary Matching Contributions.) [Notes: Any exclusion under Election 8(l), except as to Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees, may not be based on age or Service or level of Compensation. See Election 14 for eligibility conditions based on age or Service. The exclusions entered under Election 8(l) cannot result in the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees (NHCEs) participating under the plan being only those NHCEs with the l owest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of service and who may represent the minimum number of these employees necessary to satisfy coverage under Code §410(b).] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 4 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 9.COMPENSATION (1.11(B)). The following base Compensation (as adjusted under Elections 10 and 11) applies in allocating Employer Contributions (or the designated Contribution Type) (select one or more of (a) through (d); for 401(k) plans, select Contribution Type as applicable): [Note: For this Election 9 all definitions include Elective Deferrals unless excluded under Election 11. See Section 1.11(D). In applying any Plan definition which references Section 1.11 Compensation, where the Employer in this Election 9 elects more than one Compensation definition for allocation purposes, the Plan Administrator will use W-2 Wages for other Plan definitions of Compensation if the Employer has elected W-2 Wages for any Contribution Type or Participant group under Election 9. If the Employer has not elected W-2 Wages, the Plan Administrator for such other Plan definitions will use 415 Compensation. If the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, see Section 12.07. Election 9(d) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414 (s).] [Note for 401(k) plans: Unless described otherwise in Election 9(d), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions. ] (1) All Contributions [ ] (2) Elective Deferrals (3) (4) Matching Nonelective [ ] (a) [ ] W-2 Wages (plus Elective Deferrals). See Section 1.11(B)(1). Code §3401(a) Federal Income Tax Withholding Wages (plus Elective Deferrals). See Section 1.11(B)(2). 415 Compensation (simplified). See Section 1.11(B)(3). [Note: The Employer may elect an alternative "general 415 Compensation" definition by electing 9(c) and by electing the alternative definition in Appendix B. See Section 1.11(B)(4).] OR [ ] [ ] (b) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (c) [X] [X] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (d) [X] Describe Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group: As to All Contributions, include Short-Term Disability payments as eligible compensation. [Note: Under Election 9(d), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Elections 9(a), (b), or (c), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., W-2 Wages for Matching Contributions for Division A Employees and 415 Compensation in all other cases); and/or (ii) for 401(k) plans, define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Election 9(a) (e.g., Compensation for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions means W-2 Wages and for Additional Matching Contributions means 415 Compensation). Selection of 9(d) may require testing of the plan's compensation definition under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1 for it to be used in nondiscrimination testing, including the ADP or ACP tests.] Allocate based on specified 12-month period (leave blank if not applicable) (e) [ ] The allocation of all Contribution Types (or specified Contribution Types) will be made based on Compensation within a specified 12-month period ending within the Plan Year as follows: . [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] 10 . PRE-ENTRY/POST-SEVERANCE COMPENSATION (1.11(H)/(I)). Compensation under Election 9: [Note: Election 10(c) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s).] [Note for 401(k) plans: For this Election 10, unless described otherwise in Elections 10(c) or (n), Elective Deferrals include s Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions.] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 5 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (1) All Contributions (2) Elective Deferrals (3) (4) Pre-Entry Compensation (select one of (a), (b), or (c); for 401(k) plans, also select Contribution Type as applicable): (a) [X]Plan Year. Compensation for the entire Plan Year which includes the Participant's Entry Date. [Note: If the Employer under Election 9(e) elects to allocate some or all Contribution Types based on a specified 12-month period, Election 10(a) applies to that 12-month period in lieu of the Plan Year.] (b) [ ] Participating Compensation. Only Participating Compensation. See Section 1.11(H)(1). Matching Nonelective [X] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [Note: Under a Participating Compensation election, in applying any Adoption Agreement elected contribution limit or formula, the Plan Administrator will count only the Participant's Participating Compensation. See Section 1.11(H)(1) as to plan disaggregation. ] (c) [ ] Describe Pre-Entry Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group: [Note: Under Election 10(c), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Pre-Entry Compensation or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Participating Compensation for all Contribution Types as to Division A Employees, Plan Year Compensation for all Contribution Types to Division B Employees); and/or (ii) for 401(k) plans, define the Contribu tion Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Pre-Entry Compensation (e.g., Compensation for Nonelective Contributions is Participating Compensation and for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions is Plan Year Compensation). Selection of 10(c) may require testing of the plan's compensation definition under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1 for it to be used in nondiscrimination testing, including the ADP or ACP tests.] Post-Severance Compensation. The following adjustments apply to Post-Severance Compensation paid within any applicable time period as may be required (select one of (d), (e), or (f)): [Note: Under the basic plan document, if the Employer does not elect any adjustments, post-severance compensation includes regular pay, leave cash-outs, and deferred compensation, and excludes military and disability continuation payments.] (d) [ ] None. The Plan includes post-severance regular pay, leave cash-outs, and deferred compensation, and excludes post-severance military and disability continuation payments as to any Contribution Type except as required under the basic plan document (skip to Election 11). [X]Same for all Contribution Types. The following adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation apply to all Contribution Types (select one or more of (h) through (n); select column (1) for each option elected at (h) through (m)): [ ] Adjustments - different conditions apply. The following adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation apply to the designated Contribution Types (select one or more of (g) through (n); select Contribution Type as applicable) (may only be selected with 401(k) Plans): (e) (f) (1) All Contributions N/A (See Election 10(d)) (2) Elective Deferra ls (3) (4) Post-Severance Compensation: Matching [ ] Nonelective [ ] None. The Plan takes into account Post-Severance Compensation as to the designated Contribution Types as specified under the basic plan document. Exclude All. Exclude all Post-Severance Compensation. [Note: 415 testing Compensation (versus allocation Compensation) must include Post-Severance Compensation comprised of regular pay. See Section 4.05(F).] Regular Pay. Exclude Post-Severance Compen comprised of regular pay. See Section 1.11(I)(1 [Note: 415 testing Compensation (versus allocation Compensation) must include Post-Severance Compensation comprised of regular pay. See Section 4.05(F).] Leave cash-out. Exclude Post-Severance Compensation comprised of leave cash-out. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(b). (g) [ ] [ ] (h) [ ] ] (i) [ ] ] (j) [ ] ] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 6 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (k) [X] Deferred Compensation. Exclude Post-Severance Compensation comprised of deferred compensation. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(c). Salary continuation for military service. Include Post-Severance Compensation comprised of salary continuation for military service. See Section 1.11(I)(2). Salary continuation for disabled Participants. Include Post-Severance Compensation comprised of salary continuation for disabled Participants. See Section 1.11(I)(3). (select one of (1) or (2)): [ ] For NHCEs only. [ ] For all Participants. The salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: (specify period). [X] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (l) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (m) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (1 ) (2 ) (n) [ ] Describe Post-Severance Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group: [Note: Under Election 10(n), the Employer may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Post -Severance Compensation or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Include regular pay Post-Severance Compensation for all Contribution Types as to Division A Employees, no Post-Severance Compensation for all Contribution Types to Division B Employees); and/or (ii) for 401(k) Plans define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note immediately preceding Pre-Entry Compensation (e.g., Compensation for Nonelective Contributions does not include any Post-Severance Compensation and for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions includes regular pay Post-Severance Compensation). Selection of 10(n) may require testing of the plan's compensation definition under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1 for it to be used in nondiscrimination testing, including the ADP or ACP tests.] 11 . EXCLUDED COMPENSATION (1.11(G)). Apply the following Compensation exclusions to Elections 9 and 10 (select one of (a), (b), or (c)): [Note: If the Plan applies permitted disparity, allocations also must be based on a nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation if the Plan is to avoid more complex testing. Elections 11(h) through (m) below may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be nondiscriminatory under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1 and may result in more complex nondiscrimination testing.] (a) [ ] No exclusions. Compensation as to all Contribution Types means Compensation as elected in Elections 9 and 10 (skip to Election 12). [X] Exclusions - same for all Contribution Types. The following exclusions apply to all Contribution Types (select one or more of (e) through (m); select column (1) for each option elected at (e) through (k)): [ ] Exclusions - different conditions apply. The following exclusions apply for the designated Contribution Types (select one or more of (d) through (m) below; select Contribution Type as applicable) (may only be selected with 401(k) Plans): (b) (c) [Note for 401(k) Plans: In a safe harbor 401(k) plan, allocations qualifying for the ADP or ACP test safe harbors must be base d on a nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation. For this Election 11, unless described otherwise in Election 11(m), Elective De ferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Non elective includes all Nonelective Contributions. Selection of (e)(1), Elective Deferrals, All Contributions, does not reduce Compensation for purposes of determining the amount of Elective Deferrals.] (1) All Contributions N/A (See Election 11(a)) [ ] [ ] (2) Elective Deferrals [ ] (3) (4) Compensation Exclusions Matching [ ] Nonelective [ ] (d) [ ] No exclusions - limited. No exclusion as to the designated Contribution Type(s). ]Elective Deferrals. See Section 1.21. ] Fringe benefits. As described in Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1(c)(3). (e) (f) [ [ N/A [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] OR 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 7 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (g) [ ] Compensation exceeding $ . [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] Apply this election to (select one of (1) or (2)): [ ] All Participants. [Note: If the Employer elects Safe Harbor Contributions under Election 6(e), the Employer may not elect in this 11(g) to limit the Safe Harbor Contribution allocation to the NHCEs.] [ ] HCE Participants only. Bonus.* Commission.* Overtime.* Related Employers. See Section 1.24(C). Non-Participating. Compensation paid to Employees by a Related Employer that is not a Participating Employer.* Severance pay paid prior to severance. Severance pay paid after severance is automatically excluded. See 1.11(I)* (1 ) (2 ) (h) (i) (j) (k ) [ [ [ ] ] ] [ [ [ ] ] ] OR OR OR OR [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [X] [X] (l) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (m) [X] Describe Compensation exclusion(s):* As to All Contributions, exclude membership fees or dues in a private club, automobile allowances, sign-on bonuses, reimbursement or expense allowances, welfare benefits not previously excluded, and fringe benefits (cash or non-cash). [Note: Under Election 11(m), the Employer may: (i) describe Compensation from the elections available under Elections 11(d) through (l), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No exclusions as to Division A Employees and exclude bonus as to Di vision B Employees); (ii) for 401(k) Plans, define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note immediately following Election 11(c) (e.g., Elective Deferrals means §125 cafeteria deferrals only OR No exclusions as to Safe Harbor Contributions and exclude bonus as to Nonelective Contributions); and/or (iii) describe another exclusion (e.g., Exclude shift differential pay). Selection of any item indicated with an asterisk (*) may require testing of the plan's compensation definition under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1 for it to be used in nondiscrimination testing, including the ADP or ACP tests.] 12 . HOURS OF SERVICE (1.32). The Plan credits Hours of Service for the following purposes (and to the Employees described in Elections 12(d) or (e)) as follows (select one or more of (a) through (e); select purposes as applicable): (1) All Purposes (2) (3) (4) Allocation Conditions [ ] [ ] Eligibility [X] Vesting [ ] [ ] (a) (b) [X] [ ] Actual Method. See Section 1.32(A)(1). Equivalency Method: [ [ ] ] OR OR [ ] (e.g., daily, weekly, etc.). See Section 1.32(A)(2). Elapsed Time Method. See Section 1.32(A)(3). Actual (hourly) and Equivalency (salaried). Actual Method for hourly paid Employees and Equivalency Method: (c) (d) [X] [ ] [ [ ] ] OR OR [ [ ] ] [X] [ ] [X] [ ] (e.g., daily, weekly, etc.) for Employees for whom records of actual Hours of Service are not maintained or available, such as salaried Employees. Describe method: (e) [ ] [Note: Under Election 12(e), the Employer may describe Hours of Service from the elections available under Elections 12(a) through (d), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes, Actual M ethod applies to office workers and Equivalency Method applies to truck drivers).] 13 . ELECTIVE SERVICE CREDITING (1.59(C)). The Plan must credit Related Employer Service under Section 1.24(C) and also must credit certain Predecessor Employer/Predecessor Plan Service under Section 1.59(B). If the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Plan also must credit Service as provided in Section 12.08. The Plan also elects under Section 1.59(C) to credit as Service the following Predecessor Employer service (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) [X] Not applicable. No elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting applies (skip to Election 14). 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 8 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (b) [ ] Applies. The Plan credits the specified service with the following designated Predecessor Employers as Service for the Employer for the purposes indicated (select one or more of (1) and (2)): [Note: Any elective Service crediting under this Election 13 must be nondiscriminatory.] (1 )[ ] All purposes. Credit as Service for all purposes, service with Predecessor Employer(s): (insert as many names as needed). Designated purposes. Credit as Service, service with the following Predecessor Employer(s) for the designated purpose(s): (select one or more of (a) through (d); select purposes as applicable.) (2)[ ] (1) (2) (3) Contribution Allocation Eligibility Vesting a. ] b. ] c. ] d. ] stock purchase, but only with respect to individuals who are employees of the acquired entity at the time of the acquisition Time period. Subject to any exceptions noted under Election 13(f), the Plan credits as Service under Elections 13(b)(1) or (2) (select one or more of (c), (d), or (e)): (c) (d) (e) [ ] All. All service, regardless of when rendered. [ ] Service after. All service, which is or was rendered after: (specify date). [ ] Service before. All service, which is or was rendered before: (specify date). Describe elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting (leave blank if not applicable) (f) [ ] Describe: [Note: Under Election 13(f), the Employer may describe service crediting from the elections available under Elections 13(b) through (e), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes credit all service with X , but credit service with Y only on/after 1/1/18 OR Credit all service for all purposes with entities the Employer acquires after 12/31/17 OR Service crediting for X Company applies only for purposes of Nonelective Contributions and not for Matching Contributions ).] ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 14 . ELIGIBILITY (2.01). To become a Participant in the Plan, an Eligible Employee must satisfy (select one of (a), (b), or (c)): [Note for 401(k) Plans: If the Employer under a safe harbor plan elects "early" eligibility for Elective Deferrals (e.g., less than one Year of Service and age 21), but does not elect early eligibility for any Safe Harbor Contributions, also see Election 30(m). ] [Note: No eligibility conditions apply to Prevailing Wage Contributions. See Section 2.01(D).] (a) [X] No conditions. No eligibility conditions as to all Contribution Types. Entry is on the Employment Commencement Date (if that date is also an Entry Date), or if later, upon the next following Plan Entry Date (skip to Election 16). [ ] Eligibility - same for all Contribution Types. To become a Participant in the Plan as to all Contribution Types, an Eligible Employee must satisfy the following eligibility conditions (select one or more of (e) through (k)). Choose column (1) for each option elected at (e) through (j).: [ ] Eligibility - different conditions apply. To become a Participant in the Plan for the designated Contribution Types, an Eligible Employee must satisfy the following eligibility conditions (either as to all Contribution Types or as to the designated Contribution Type) (select one or more of (d) through (k); select Contribution Type as applicable) (may only be selected with 401(k) Plans): (b) (c) [Note for 401(k) plans: For this Election 14, unless described otherwise in Election 14(k), or the context otherwise requires, Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions (except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Operational Matches, and Operational QMACs) and Nonelective includes all Nonelect ive Contributions (except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions and Operational QNECs). The Plan Administrator may apply Plan 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 9 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD provisions relating to months based on a 30-day month or adopt similar reasonable conventions. Section 2.02(E)(3). Thus, the Plan may apply a 3-month service requirement as a 90-day requirement. Safe Harbor includes Safe Harbor Nonelective and Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects more than one Year of Service as to Additional Matching, the Plan will not satisfy the ACP test safe harbor. See Section 3.05(F)(3).] (1) All Contributions N/A (See Election 14(a)) (2) Elective Deferrals [ ] (3) (4) (5) Safe Ha rbor [ ] Eligibility Conditions Matching Nonelective (d) [ ] None. Entry on the Employment Commencement Date (if that date is also an Entry Date) or if later, upon the next following Plan Entry Date. Age (not to exceed age 21 except as [ ] [ ] (e) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] provided in Section 2.02(G).) One Year of Service. See Election 16(a). Two Years of Service (without an intervening Break in Service). 100% vesting is required. [Note for401(k) Plans: Two Years of Service does not apply to Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions or SIMPLE Contributions.] month(s) (not exceeding 12 months (f) (g) [ [ ] ] [ ] N/A OR [ ] N/A [ [ ] ] [ [ ] ] [ ] N/A (h) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions (401(k) Plans) and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. Service need not be continuous (no minimum Hours of Service required, and is mere passage of time). [Note: While satisfying a months of service condition without an Hours of Service requirement involves the mere passage of time, the Plan need not apply the Elapsed Time Method in Election 12(c) above, and still may elect the Actual Method in 12(a) above.] ] month(s) with at least Hours of (i) [ [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] Service in each month (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions (401(k) Plans) and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service each month during the specified monthly time period, the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years of Service if elect more than 12 months) requirement as defined in Election 16. The months during which the Employee completes the specified Hours of Service (select one of (1) or (2)): [ ] Consecutive. Must be consecutive. [ ] Not consecutive. Need not be consecutive. (1 ) (2 ) 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 10 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (j) [ ] Hours of Service within the [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] time period following the Employee's Employment Commencement Date (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions (401(k) Plans) and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service during the specified time period (if any), the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years of Service if elect more than 12 months) requirement as defined in Election 16. [Note: The Employer may leave the time period option blank in Election 14(j) if the Employer wishes to impose an Hour of Servi ce requirement without specifying a time period within which an Employee must complete the required Hours of Service.] (k ) [ ] Describe eligibility conditions: [Note: The Employer may use Election 14(k) to describe different eligibility conditions as to different Contribution Types or Employee groups (e.g., As to all Contribution Types, no eligibility requirements for Division A Employees and one Year of Service as t o Division B Employees). The Employer also may elect different ages for different Contribution Types and/or to specify different months or Hours of Service requirements under Elections 14(h), (i), or (j) as to different Contribution Types. Any election must satisfy Code §410(a).] 15 . SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY EFFECTIVE DATE (DUAL ELIGIBILITY) (2.01(E)). The eligibility conditions of Election 14 and the entry date provisions of Election 17 apply to all Employees unless otherwise elected below (choose one or more of (a) or (b) if applicable): [Note: Elections 15(a) or (b) may trigger a coverage failure under Code §410(b).] (a) [ ] Waiver of eligibility conditions for certain Employees. For all Contribution Types, the eligibility conditions and entry dates apply solely to an Eligible Employee employed or reemployed by the Employer after (specify date). If the Eligible Employee is an Employee on the specified date, the Employee will become a Participant on the latest of: (i) the Effective Date; (ii) the restated Effective Date; (iii) the Employee's Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date; or (iv) the date the Employee attains age (not exceeding age 21). [Note: If the Employer does not wish to impose an age condition under clause (iv) as part of the requirements for the eligibil ity conditions waiver, leave the age blank.] (b) [ ] Describe special eligibility Effective Date(s): [Note: Under Election 15(b), the Employer may describe special eligibility Effective Dates as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., Eligibility conditions apply only as to Nonelective Contributions and solely as to the Eligible Employees of Division B who were hired or reemployed by the Employer after January 1, 2020).] 16 . YEAR OF SERVICE - ELIGIBILITY (2.02(A)). (Choose (a), (b), and (c) if applicable.): [Note: If the Employer under Election 14 elects a one or two Year(s) of Service condition (including any requirement which defaults to such conditions under Elections 14(i), (j), and (k)) or elects to apply a Year of Service for eligibility under any other Adoption Agreement election, the Employer should complete this Election 16. The Employer should not complete Election 16 if it elects the Elapsed Time Method for eligibility.] (a) [X] Year of Service. An Employee must complete 1,000 Hour(s) of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period to receive credit for one Year of Service under Article II. [Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is 1,000 Hours of Service.] (b) [X] Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods. Unless otherwise elected below, after the Initial Eligibility Computation Period described in Section 2.02(C)(2), the Plan measures Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods as the Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date (choose one of (1) or (2) if applicable): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Anniversary Year. The Anniversary Year, beginning with the Employee's second Anniversary Year. [ ] Split. The Plan Year as to: (describe Contribution Type(s)) and the Anniversary Year as described in Election 16(b)(1) as to: (describe Contribution Type(s)). [Note: To maximize delayed entry under a two Years of Service condition for Nonelective Contributions or Matching Contribution s, the Employer should elect to remain on the Anniversary Year for such contributions.] (c) [ ] Describe: (e.g., Anniversary Year as to Division A and Plan Year as to Division B.) 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 11 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 17 . ENTRY DATE (2.02(D)). Entry Date means the Effective Date and: [Note: Entry as to Prevailing Wage Contributions is on the Employment Commencement Date. See Section 2.02(D)(3).] (a) [X]Entry Date - same for all Contribution Types (select one of (c) through (i)): (b) [ ] Entry Date - different entry dates apply (select one or more of (c) through (i); select Contribution Type as applicable) (may only be selected with 401(k) Plans): [Note for 401(k) plans: For this Election 17, unless described otherwise in Election 17(i), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions except (Operational Matches and Operational QMACs) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions (except Operational QNECs).] (1) Elective Deferrals (2) (3) Matching Nonelective [ ] (c) [ ] Semi-annual. The first day of the first month and of the seventh month of the Plan Year. First day of Plan Year. First day of each Plan Year quarter. The first day of each month. Immediate. Upon Employment Commencement Date or if later, upon satisfaction of eligibility conditions. First day of each payroll period. [ ] [ ] (d) (e) (f) (g) [ [ [ ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ ] ] ] [X] [ ] (h) (i) [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] Describe Entry Date(s): [Note: Under Election 17(i), the Employer may describe Entry Dates from the elections available under Elections 17(c) through (h), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type or may elect additional Entry Dates (e.g., immediate as to Division A Employees and semi-annual as to Division B Employees OR The earlier of the Plan's semi-annual Entry Dates or the entry dates under the Employer's medical plan).] 18 . PROSPECTIVE/RETROACTIVE ENTRY DATE (2.02(D)). An Employee after satisfying the eligibility conditions in Election 14 will become a Participant (unless an Excluded Employee under Election 8) on the Entry Date (if employed on that date) (select one or more from (a) through (f)): [Choose Contribution Type as applicable]. [Note: Unless otherwise excluded under Election 8, an Employee who remains employed by the Employer on the relevant date must become a Participant by the earlier of: (i) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and service requirements of Code §410(a); or (ii) 6 months after the date the Employee completes those requirements. For this Ele ction 18, unless described otherwise in Election 18(f), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions (except Operational Matches and Operational QMACs) and Nonelective inc ludes all Nonelective Contributions and Money Purchase Pension Plan Contributions, (except Operational QNECs).] (1) All Contributions [ ] (2) Elective Deferrals [ ] (3) (4) Matching Nonelective [ ] (a) [ ] Immediately following or coincident with the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions. Immediately following the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions. Immediately preceding or coincident with the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions. Immediately preceding the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions. Nearest the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions. OR [ ] (b) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (c) [ ] N/A N/A [ ] [ ] (d) [ ] N/A N/A [ ] [ ] (e) [ ] N/A N/A [ ] [ ] (f) [ ] Describe retroactive/prospective entry relative to Entry Date: [Note: Under Election 18(f), the Employer may describe the timing of entry relative to an Entry Date from the elections available under Elections 18(a) through (e), or a combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., nearest as to Division A Employees and immediately following as to Division B Employees).] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 12 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 19 . (a) (b) BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION (2.03). The one year hold-out rule described in Section 2.03(C) (select (a) or (b)): [X]Does not apply. [ ] Limited application. Applies to the Plan, but only to a Participant who has incurred a Severance from Employment. [Note: The Plan does not apply the rule of parity under Code §410(a)(5)(D) unless the Employer in Appendix B specifies otherwise. See Section 2.03(D).] ARTICLE III PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES 20 . ELECTIVE DEFERRAL LIMITATIONS; CODA (3.02(A), (C)). The following limitations apply to Elective Deferrals under Election 6(b), which are in addition to those limitations imposed under the basic plan document (select (a) OR select one or more of (b) and (c)): (a) [ ] None. No additional Plan imposed limits (skip to (d)). [Note: The Employer under Election 20 may not impose a lower deferral limit applicable only to Catch-Up Eligible Participants and the Employer's elections must be nondiscriminatory. The elected limits apply to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise. Under a safe harbor plan: (i) NHCEs must be able to defer enough to receive the maximum Safe Harbor Matching and Additional Matching Contribution under the Plan and must be permitted to defer any lesser amount; and (ii) the Employer may l imit Elective Deferrals to a whole percentage of Compensation or to a whole dollar amount. See Section 1.57(C) as to administrative limitations on Elective Deferrals.] (b) [X] (1 ) Additional Plan limit(s). (select one or more of (1) and (2)): [X] Maximum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not exceed: 75% (specify dollar amount and/or percentage of Compensation). [X] Minimum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not be less than: 1% (specify dollar amount (not (2 ) greater than $10,000) and/or percentage of Compensation (not greater than 10%)). [Note: Please see 3.05(C)(2) for restrictions on minimum deferrals if the Plan is a safe harbor 401(k) plan.] Application of limitations. The Election 20(b)(1) and (2) limitations apply based on Elective Deferral Compensation described in Elections 9 - 11. If the Employer elects Plan Year/Participating Compensation under column (1) and in Election 10 elects Participating Compensation, in the Plan Years commencing after an Employee becomes a Participant, apply the elected minimum or maximum limitations to the Plan Year. Apply the elected limitation based on such Compensation during the designated time period and o nly to HCEs as elected below. (select (3) OR select one or more of (4) and (5); under each of (3) through (5), select one of (1) or (2); choose (3 ) if applicable): (1) Plan Year/Participating Compensation [ ] [X] (2) Payroll period [ ] [ ] (3) HCEs only (3 ) (4 ) [ ] [X] Both. Both limits under Elections 20(b)(1) and (2). Maximum limit. The maximum amount limit under Election 20(b)(1). Minimum limit. The minimum amount limit under Election 20(b)(2). [ ] [ ] (5 ) [X] [ ] [X] [ ] (c) [ ] Describe Elective Deferral limitation(s): [Note: Under Election 20(c), the Employer may only: (i) describe limitations on Elective Deferrals from the elections available under Elections 20(a) and (b) or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No limit applies to Division A Employees. D ivision B Employees may not defer in excess of 10% of Plan Year Compensation); (ii) elect a different time period to which the limitations apply; and/or (iii) apply a different limitation to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals.] CODA Applies (leave blank if not applicable) (d) [ ] The CODA provisions of Section 3.02(C) apply. For each Plan Year for which the Employer makes a designated CODA contribution under Section 3.02(C), a Participant may elect to receive directly in cash not more than the following portion (or, if less, the Elective Deferral Limit (see 4.10(A)(1)) of his/her proportionate share of that CODA contribution (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2) [ ] All or any portion. [ ] % 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 13 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 21 . AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL (ACA/EACA/QACA) (3.02(B)). The Automatic Deferral provisions of Section 3.02(B) (select one of (a) or (b); also see Election 22 regarding Automatic Escalation of Salary Reduction Agreements): (a) [ ] Do not apply. The Plan is not an ACA, EACA, or QACA (skip to Election 22). (b) [X] Apply. The Automatic Deferral Effective Date is the effective date of automatic deferrals or, as appropriate, any subsequent amendment thereto. Type of Automatic Deferral Arrangement. The Plan is an (select one of (1), (2), or (3)): (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [ ] ACA. The Plan is an Automatic Contribution Arrangement (ACA) under Section 3.02(B)(1). [ ] EACA. The Plan is an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) under Section 3.02(B)(2). [X]EACA/QACA. The Plan is a combination EACA and Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) under Sections 3.02(B)(3) and 3.05(J). [Note: If the Employer chooses Election 21(b)(3), the Employer also must choose election 6(e) and complete Election 30 as to the Safe Harbor Contributions under the QACA.] Participants affected. The Automatic Deferral applies to (select one of (c) or (d). Choose (e) if applicable.): (c) [ ] All Participants. All Participants, regardless of any prior Salary Reduction Agreement, unless and until they make a Contrary Election after the Automatic Deferral Effective Date. [X] The following Participants (select one of (1) through (5)): (d) (1 ) [ ] Election of at least Automatic Deferral Percentage. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date provided that the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement is at least equal to the Automatic Deferral Percentage. [X] No existing Salary Reduction Agreement. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date regardless of the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement. [ ] Election of 0% or No existing Salary Reduction Agreement. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date provided that the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement is greater than 0%. [ ] New Participants (not applicable to QACA). Each Employee whose Entry Date is on or following the Automatic Deferral Effective Date or the following date: Other effective date. (optional; specify a date other than the Automatic Deferral Effective Date) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) a. [ ] (5 ) [ ] New hires (not applicable to QACA). Each Employee whose Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) is on or following the Automatic Deferral Effective Date or the following date: Other effective date. (optional; specify a date other than the Automatic Deferral Effective Date) a. [ ] (e) [ ] Describe affected Participants (not applicable to QACA): [Note: The Employer in Election 21(e) may further describe affected Participants, e.g., non-Collective Bargaining Employees OR Division A Employees. However, all Employees eligible to defer must be Covered Employees to apply the 6-month correction period without excise tax under Code §4979.] Automatic Deferral Percentage/Scheduled increases. (select one of (f), (g), or (h)): (f) [X] Fixed percentage. The Employer, as to each Participant affected, will withhold as the Automatic Deferral Percentage, 6% from the Participant's Compensation each payroll period unless the Participant makes a Contrary Election. [Note: In order to satisfy the QACA requirements, enter an amount between 6% and 10% if no scheduled increase. ] (g) [ ] QACA statutory increasing schedule. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will be the minimum QACA Automatic Deferral Percentage under Section 3.02(B)(3)(b): 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 14 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (h) [ ] Other increasing schedule. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will be: Plan Year of application to a Participant Automatic Deferral Percentage % % % % % [Note: The Automatic Deferral Percentage must satisfy the uniformity requirements of Section 3.02(B)(2)(b) if the Plan is a E ACA or a QACA. The phrase “Plan Year of application to a Participant” refers to the number of Plan Years Automatic Deferrals have been withheld for the Participant, such that Plan Year 1 is the first Plan Year Automatic Deferrals are withheld for a Participant and Plan Year 2 is the following Plan Year.] Scheduled increases to Fixed percentage. The Automatic Deferral Percentage elected in 21(f) will or will not increase in Plan Years following the Plan Year containing the Automatic Deferral Effective Date (or, if later, the Plan Year or partial Plan Year in which the Automatic Deferral first applies to a Participant) as follows: (select one of (i), (j), or (k); skip if 21(f) not elected) (i) (j) (k) [ ] No scheduled increase. The Automatic Deferral Percentage applies in all Plan Years. [X] Automatic increase. The Automatic Deferral Percentage will increase by 1% per year up to a maximum of 10% of Compensation. [ ] Describe increase: [Note: To satisfy the QACA requirements, the Automatic Deferral Percentage must be: (i) a fixed percentage which is at least 6% and not more than 10% of Compensation; (ii) an increasing Automatic Deferral Percentage in accordance with the schedule under Electio n 21(g); or (iii) an alternative schedule which must require, for each Plan Year, an Automatic Deferral Percentage that is at least equal to the Automatic Deferral Percentage under the schedule in Election 21(g) and which does not exceed 10%. See Section 3.02(B)(3). ] EACA permissible withdrawal. The permissible withdrawal provisions of Section 3.02(B)(2)(d) (select one of (l), (m) or (n); skip if not an EACA or an EACA/QACA): (l) (m) (n) [X] Do not apply. [ ] 90 day withdrawal. Apply within 90 days of the first Automatic Deferral. [ ] 30-90 day withdrawal. Apply within days of the first Automatic Deferral (may not be less than 30 nor more than 90 days). Contrary Election/Covered Employee. Any Participant who makes a Contrary Election (select one of (o) or (p); leave blank if an ACA or a QACA not subject to the ACP test.): (o) [X] Covered Employee. Is a Covered Employee and continues to be covered by the EACA provisions. [Note: Under this Election, the Participant's Contrary Election will remain in effect, but the Participant must receive the EACA annual notice.] (p) [ ] Not a Covered Employee. Is not a Covered Employee and will not continue to be covered by the EACA provisions. [Note: Under this Election, the Participant no longer must receive the EACA annual notice, but the Plan cannot use the six-month period for relief from the excise tax of Code §4979(f)(1).] Change Date. The Elective Deferrals under Election 21(g), (h), (j), or (k) will increase on the following day each Plan Year (select one of (q) through (t); skip if 21(g), (h), (j), or (k) not elected): (q) (r) (s) (t) [X] First day of the Plan Year. [ ] Anniversary of a Participant's Entry Date. [ ] Anniversary of a Participant's Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date. [ ] Other: (must be a specified or definitely determinable date that occurs at least annually) Optional Provisions: (choose one or more of (u) and (v) if applicable.) (u ) [X] First Year of Increase. The automatic increase under Election 21(j) or (k) will apply to a Participant beginning with the first Change Date after the Participant first has automatic deferrals withheld, unless otherwise elected below (select one of (1) or (2)): [ ] Second Change Date. The increase will apply as of the second Change Date thereafter. [ ] At least 6 months after. The increase will apply as of the first Change Date thereafter which is at least 6 months (or 180 days) after the Participant first has automatic deferrals withheld. (1 ) (2 ) 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 15 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (v ) [ ] Describe Automatic Deferral: [Note: Under Election 21(v), the Employer may only describe Automatic Deferral provisions from the elections available under Election 21 and/or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., Automatic Deferrals do not apply to Division A Employees. All Division B Employee/Participants are subject to an Automatic Deferral Amount equal to 3% of Compensation effective as of January 1, 2020). The Automatic Deferral Percentage must satisfy the uniformity requirements of Section 3.02(B)(2)(b) if the Plan is a EACA or a QACA.] 22 . AUTOMATIC ESCALATION (3.02(G)). The Automatic Escalation provisions of Section 3.02(G) (select one of (a) or (b); see Election 21 regarding Automatic Deferrals. Automatic Escalation applies to Participants who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect.): (a) [X] Do not apply. (skip to Election 23) (b) [ ] Apply. If Automatic Escalation applies to a Participant, this constitutes a provision that the Participant's affirmative election will expire annually, as described in the paragraph below. Under a 401(k) plan, the plan may provide that an affirmative election expires annually. If a participant fails to complete a new affirmative election subsequent to their prior election expiring, the participant becomes subject to the default deferral percentage as outlined in this Election 22 and in Section 3.02(G). Each year, the participant can always complete a new affirmative election and designate a new deferral percentage. Participants affected. The Automatic Escalation applies to (select one of (c), (d), or (e)): (c) [ ] All Deferring Participants. All Participants who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect to defer at least % of Compensation. [ ] New Deferral Elections. All Participants who file a Salary Reduction Agreement after the effective date of this Election, or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto, to defer at least % of Compensation. (d) (e) [ ] Describe affected Participants: . [Note: The Employer in Election 22(e) may further describe affected Participants, e.g., non-Collective Bargaining Employees OR Division A Employees. The group of Participants must be definitely determinable and nondiscriminatory under Code §401(a)(4) and Code §401(k)(3).] Automatic Increases. (Select one of (f) or (g)) (f) [ ] Automatic increase. The Participant's Elective Deferrals will increase by % per year up to a maximum of % of Compensation unless the Participant has filed a Contrary Election after the effective date of this Election or, as appropriate, any amendment thereto. (g) [ ] Describe increase: [Note: The Employer in Election 22(g) may define different increases for different groups of Participants or may otherwise lim it Automatic Escalation. Any such provisions must be definitely determinable and nondiscriminatory under Code §401(a)(4).] Change Date. The Elective Deferrals will increase on the following day each Plan Year (Select one of (h) through (k)): (h) (i) (j) (k) [ ] First day of the Plan Year. [ ] Anniversary of a Participant's Entry Date. [ ] Anniversary of a Participant's Employment or Reemployment Commencement Date. [ ] Other: (must be a specified or definitely determinable date that occurs annually) First Year of Increase. The automatic escalation provision will apply to a participant beginning with the first Change Date after the Participant files a Salary Reduction Agreement (or, if sooner, the effective date of this Election, or, as appropriate, any a mendment thereto), unless otherwise elected below: (Choose one of (l) or (m) if applicable) (l) (m) [ ] Second Change Date. The escalation provision will apply as of the second Change Date thereafter. [ ] At least 6 months after. The escalation provision will apply as of the first Change Date thereafter which is at least 6 months (or 180 days) after the date deferrals begin under the Participant's affirmative election. 23 . CATCH-UP DEFERRALS (3.02(D)). The Plan permits Catch-Up Deferrals unless the Employer elects otherwise below. (choose (a) if applicable) (a) [ ] Not Permitted. May not make Catch-Up Deferrals to the Plan. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 16 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 24 . MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (EXCLUDING SAFE HARBOR MATCH AND ADDITIONAL MATCH UNDER SECTION 3.05) (3.03(A)). The Employer Matching Contributions under Election 6(c) are subject to the following additional elections regarding type (discretionary/fixed), rate/amount, limitations and time period (collectively, such elections are "the matching formula") and the allocation of Matching Contributions is subject to Section 3.06 except as otherwise provided (select one or more of (a) through (f); then, for the elected match in (b) through (e), complete (1); choose one or more of (2) and (3) if applicable): [Note: If the Employer wishes to make any Matching Contributions that satisfy the ADP or ACP safe harbor, the Employer should make these Elections under Election 30, and not under this Election 24.] (1) Matching Rate/Amt [$/% of Elective Deferrals] (2) Limit on Deferrals Matched [$/% of Compensation] (3) Limit onMatch Amount [$/% of Compensation] (a) [ ] Discretionary – see Section 1.35(B) (The Employer may, but is not required to complete (a)(1)-(3). See the "Note" following Election 24(f)) The Discretionary Matching Contribution under this Election 24(a) is a Flexible Discretionary Match unless the Employer elects to use a Rigid Discretionary Match. (Choose a. if applicable.). A Flexible Discretionary Match will be subject to the Instructions and Notice requirement of Section 3.03(A)(2)(c), reproduced below. a. [ ] Rigid Discretionary Match. The Discretionary Matching Contribution is a Rigid Discretionary Match. A Rigid Discretionary Match is not subject to the Instructions and Notice requirement of Section 3.03(A)(2)(c). Section 3.03(A)(2)(c) provides: Instructions and Notice. For any Plan Year beginning after the Plan Year the Employer signs its Adoption Agreement, if the Employer makes a Flexible Discretionary Match to the Plan, the Employer must provide the Plan Administrator (or Trustee, if applicable), written instructions describing (1) how the Flexible Discretionary Match Formula will be allocated to Participants (e.g., a uniform percentage of Elective Deferrals or a flat dollar amount), (2) the computation period(s) to which the Flexible Discretionary Match Formula applies, and (3) if applicable, a description of each business location or business classification subject to separate Flexible Discretionary Match Formulas. Such instructions must be provided no later than the date on which the Flexible Discretionary Match is made to the Plan. A summary of these instructions must be communicated to Participants who receive an allocation of the Flexible Discretionary Match no later than 60 days following the date on which the last Flexible Discretionary Match is made to the Plan for the Plan Year. (b) (c) [ [ ] ] Fixed – uniform rate/amount Fixed – tiered Elective Matching Deferral % (e.g., up to 3) Rate % (e.g., more than 3 up to 5) % % % (d) [ ] Fixed – Years of Service Years of Service Matching Rate % (e.g., up to 2) (e.g., more than 2 up to 5) % "Years of Service" under this Election 24(d) means (select one of a. or b): a. b. [ ] Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16. [ ] Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 42 and 43. (e) [ Fixed – multiple formulas Formula 1: Formula 2: Formula 3: (f) [ ] Describe: (The Employer may only describe the matching formula from the elections available in this Election 24, and/or a combination thereof, as to a Participant group (e.g., Fixed Match of 50% of elective deferrals of deferrals up to 6% of annual compensation applies to Collective Bargaining Employees; Discretionary Match allocated each payroll period applies to all other Participants). The Group Allocation Limitations of Section 3.14 apply to allocations under this Election 24(f). If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.) [Note: See Section 1.35(A) as to Fixed Matching Contributions. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation. The matching rate/amount is the specified rate/amount of match for the corresponding Elective Deferral amount/percentage. Any Matching Contributions apply to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise in Election 24(g). Matching Contributions for nondiscrimination testing purposes are subject to the targeting limit ations. See Section 4.10(D). The Employer under Election 24(a) in its discretion may determine the amount of a Discretionary Matching Contribution 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 17 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD and the matching contribution formula. Alternatively, the Employer in Election 24(a) may specify elements of the Discretionar y Matching Contribution formula.] Computation period, true-up. Any Matching Contribution other than a Flexible Discretionary Match will be allocated on the period described below: (Select one of (g) through (l). Skip if the only Matching Contribution is a Flexible Discretionary Match.) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) [ ] Each payroll period [ ] Each month [ ] Each Plan Year quarter [ ] Each payroll unit (e.g., hour) [ ] Other (specify): [The time period described must be definitely determinable under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b). This line may be used to apply different options to different matching contributions (e.g., Discretionary matching contributions will be allocated on a Plan Year period while fixed matching contributions will be allocated on each payroll period)] [ ] Each Plan Year (l) Related and Participating Employers (choose (m) if applicable) (m) [ ] If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Matching Contributions to the Plan, the following apply: Matching formula. The matching formula for the Participating Employer(s) (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 24. [ ] At least one different. Is (are) as follows: . Allocation sharing. The Matching Contributions will be allocated to all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Matching Contributions for the Plan Year unless otherwise elected b elow or specified in a participation agreement. (choose (3) if applicable): (3 ) [ ] Employer by Employer. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Matching Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and by any Participating Employer only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer. [Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 24(m) unless there are Related Employers whi ch are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.24(D).] 25 .QMAC (PLAN-DESIGNATED) (3.03(C)(1)). The following provisions apply regarding Plan-Designated QMACs (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) (b) [ ] Not applicable. There are no Plan-Designated QMACs. [ ] Applies. There are Plan-Designated QMACs to which the following provisions apply: Matching Contributions affected. The following Matching Contributions (as allocated to the designated allocation group under Election 25(b)(2)) are Plan-Designated QMACs (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] All. All Matching Contributions. [ ] Designated. Only the following Matching Contributions under Election 24: . Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan-Designated QMAC (select one of (3) or (4)): (3 ) (4 ) [ ] NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan-Designated QMAC. [ ] All Participants. To all Participants who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan-Designated QMAC. The Plan Administrator will allocate all other Matching Contributions as Regular Matching Contributions under Section 3.03(B), except as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) or 3.05. [Note: See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting limitations applicable to QMAC nondiscrimination testing. Regardless of its selections under this Election 25, the Employer may elect for any Plan Year where the Plan is using Current Year Testing to make Operational QMACs which the Plan Administrator will allocate only to NHCEs for purposes of correction of an ADP or ACP test failure. ] 26 . MATCHING CATCH-UP DEFERRALS (3.03(D)). If a Participant makes a Catch-Up Deferral, the Employer (select one of (a) or (b); skip if Election 23(a) is selected): (a) [X] (1 ) (2 ) Match. Will apply to the Catch-Up Deferral (select one of (1) or (2)): [X] All. All Matching Contributions. [ ] Designated. The following Matching Contributions in Election 24: . 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 18 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (b) [ ] No Match. Will not match any Catch-Up Deferrals. [Note: Election 26 does not apply to a safe harbor 401(k) plan unless the Employer will apply the ACP test. See Elections 37(b )(2). In this case, Election 26 applies only to Additional Matching, if any. A safe harbor 401(k) Plan will apply the Basic Match, QACA Basic Match or Enhanced Match to Catch-Up Deferrals. If the Employer elects to apply the ACP test safe harbor under Election 37(b)(1), Election 26 does not apply and the Plan also will apply any Additional Match to Catch-Up Deferrals.] 27 . NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (TYPE/AMOUNT) INCLUDING PREVAILING WAGE CONTRIBUTIONS AND MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS (3.04(A)). The Employer Nonelective Contributions under Election 6(d) are subject to the following additional elections as to type and amount (select one or more of (a) through (d); choose (e) if applicable): (a) [ ] Discretionary. An amount the Employer in its sole discretion may determine. [Note: This election is not available if this Plan is a Money Purchase Pension Plan.] (b) [ ] Fixed. (Choose one or more of (1) through (3) as applicable.): (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [ [ [ ] ] ] Uniform %. % of each Participant's Compensation, per (e.g., Plan Year, month). Fixed dollar amount. $ , per (e.g., Plan Year, month, HOS, per Participant per month). Describe: (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b). If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.) [Note: The Employer under Election 27(b)(3) may specify any Fixed Nonelective Contribution formula not described under Elections 27(b)(1) or (2) (e.g., For each Plan Year, 2% of net profits exceeding $50,000, or The cash value of unused paid time off, as described in Section 3.04(A)(2)(a) and the Employer's Paid Time Off Plan) and/or the Employer may describe different Fixed Nonelective Con tributions as applicable to different Participant groups (e.g., A Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division A Participants and a Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to $500 per Participant each Plan Year applies to Division B Participants).] (c) [ ] Prevailing Wage Contribution. The Prevailing Wage Contribution amount(s) specified for the Plan Year or other applicable period in the Employer's Prevailing Wage Contract(s). The Employer will make a Prevailing Wage Contribution only to Participants covered by the Contract and only as to Compensation paid under the Contract. The Employer must specify the Prevailing Wage Contribution by attaching an appendix to the Adoption Agreement that indicates the contribution rate(s) applicable to the prevailing wage employment/job classification(s). If the Participant accrues an allocation of Employer Contributions (including forfeitures) under the Plan or any other Employer plan in addition to the Prevailing Wage Contribution, the Plan Administrator will (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) [ ] No offset. Not reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage Contribution. [ ] Offset. Reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage Contribution. Describe: (2 ) (d) [ ] (The formula described must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b). If the formula is non-uniform, it is not a design-based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes.) [Note: Under Election 27(d), the Employer may describe the amount and type of Nonelective Contributions from the elections available under Election 27 and/or a combination thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., A Discretionary Nonelective Contribution appl ies to Division A Employees. A Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division B Employees).] Related and Participating Employers (choose (e) if applicable) (e) [ ] If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participatin g Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the contribution formula(s) (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 27. [ ] At least one different. Is (are) as follows: . [Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 27(e) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.24(D). The Employer electing 27(e) also must complete Election 28(h) as to the allocation methods which apply to the Participating Employers.] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 19 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 28 . NONELECTIVE AND MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION (3.04(B)). The Plan Administrator, subject to Section 3.06, will allocate to each Participant any Nonelective Contribution (excluding QNECs, but including Prevailing Wage Contributions and Money Purchase Plan Contributions) under the following contribution allocation formula (select one or more of (a) through (g)): (a) [ ] Uniform allocation. (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Percentage. As a uniform percentage of Participant Compensation (Pro rata). [ ] Dollar amount. As a uniform dollar amount, without regard to Compensation. (b) [ ] Permitted disparity. In accordance with the permitted disparity allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(2), under which the following permitted disparity formula and definition of "Excess Compensation" apply: Formula (select one of (1), (2), or (3)): (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [ ] Two-tiered. [ ] Four-tiered. [ ] Two-tiered, except that the four-tiered formula will apply in any Plan Year for which the Plan is top-heavy. Excess Compensation. For purposes of Section 3.04(B)(2), "Excess Compensation" means Compensation in excess of the integration level provided below (select one of (4) or (5)): (4 ) [ ] Percentage amount. % (not exceeding 100%) of the Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year, rounded to the next highest $ (not exceeding the Taxable Wage Base). (5 ) [ ] Dollar amount. The following amount: $ (not exceeding the Taxable Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year). [ ] Incorporation of contribution formula. The Plan Administrator will allocate any Fixed Nonelective Contribution under Elections 27(b)(1) or 27(b)(2), or any Prevailing Wage Contribution under Election 27(c), in accordance with the contribution formula the Employer adopts under those Elections. [ ] Classifications of Participants. [This is not a safe harbor allocation method. Do not elect 28(d) if this is a Money Purchase Pension Plan] In accordance with the classifications allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(3). Description of the classifications. The classifications are (select one of (1), (2), or (3)): [Note: Typically, the Employer would elect 28(d) where it intends to satisfy nondiscrimination requirements using "cross -testing" under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-8. However, choosing this election does not necessarily require application of cross -testing and the Plan may be able to satisfy nondiscrimination as to its classification -based allocations by testing allocation rates.] (c) (d) (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [ ] Each in own classification. Each Participant constitutes a separate classification. [ ] NHCEs/HCEs. Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participants and Highly Compensated Employee/Participants. [ ] Describe the classifications: [Note: The Group Allocation Limitations of Section 3.14 apply to allocations and elections under this Election 28(d).] Allocation method within each classification. Allocate the Nonelective Contribution within each classification as follows (select one of (4) or (5); skip if 28(d)(1) is elected): (4 ) (5 ) [ ] Pro rata. As a uniform percentage of Compensation of each Participant within the classification. [ ] Flat dollar. The same dollar amount to each Participant within the classification. (e) [ ] Age-based. [This is not a safe harbor allocation method.] In accordance with the age-based allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(5). The Plan Administrator will use the Actuarial Factors based on the following assumptions: Interest rate. (Select one of (1), (2), or (3)): (1)[ ] 7.5% (2) [ ] 8.0% (3) [ ] 8.5% Mortality table. (Select one of (4) or (5)): (4 ) (5 ) [ ] UP-1984. See Appendix C. [ ] Alternative: (Specify 1983 GAM, 1983 IAM, 1971 GAM or 1971 IAM and attach applicable tables using such mortality table and the specified interest rate as replacement Appendix C.) (f) [ ] Uniform points. In accordance with the uniform points allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(6). Under the uniform points allocation formula, a Participant receives (select one or more of (1) and (2); choose (3) if applicable): (1 ) [ ] Years of Service. point(s) for each Year of Service. The maximum number of Years of Service counted for points is . 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 20 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD "Year of Service" under this Election 28(f) means (select one of a. or b): a. b. [ ] Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16. [ ] Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 42 and 43. [Note: A Year of Service must satisfy Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-11(d)(3) for the uniform points allocation to qualify as a safe harbor allocation under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b)(3).] [ ] Age. point(s) for each year of age attained during the Plan Year. (2 ) Compensation (choose (3) if applicable) (3 )[ ] point(s) for each $ (not to exceed $200) increment of Plan Year Compensation. (g) [ ] Describe: (The Employer may only describe the nonelective allocation formula from the elections available in this Elect ion 28, and/or a combination thereof, as to a Participant group or contribution type (e.g., Participants in the Employer's Chicago office will receive a uniform percentage of Participant Compensation; contributions to all other Participants will be allocated in accordance with the classifications allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(3)). The Group Allocation Limitations of Section 3.14 apply to allocations and elections under this Election 28(g).) Optional Provisions (choose one or more of (h) or (i) if applicable) (h) [ ] Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers (or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, Participating Employers regardless of whether they are Related Employers) contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Participating Employer(s) under Election 27(e): Allocation Method. (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] All the same. Using the same allocation method as applies to the Signatory Employer under this Election 28. [ ] At least one different. Under the following allocation method(s): . Allocation sharing. The Nonelective Contributions will be allocated to all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Nonelective Contributions for the Plan Year unless otherwise elected below or specified in a participation agreement. (choose (3) if applicable): (3 ) [ ] Employer by Employer. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and by any Participating Employer only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer. [Note: Unless the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, the Employer should not elect 28(h) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.24(D) and Election 27(e). Election 28(h)(3) does not apply to Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions.] (i)[ ] Allocation computation period. Allocations will be computed and allocated on an annual basis unless otherwise specified below (select one of (1) through (4); selecting this option means that the plan is not a design -based safe harbor for nondiscrimination purposes): (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) [ ] Each payroll period. [ ] Each month. [ ] Each Plan Year quarter. [ ] Describe: 29 . QNEC (PLAN-DESIGNATED) (3.04(C)(1)). The following provisions apply regarding Plan-Designated QNECs (select one of (a) or (b). 401(k) Plans): (a) [ ] Not applicable. There are no Plan-Designated QNECs (skip to Election 30). (b) [ ] Applies. There are Plan-Designated QNECs to which the following provisions apply: Nonelective Contributions affected. The following Nonelective Contributions (as allocated to the designated allo cation group under Election 29(b)(2)) are Plan-Designated QNECs (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] All. All Nonelective Contributions. [ ] Designated. Only the following Nonelective Contributions under Election 27: . Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan-Designated QNEC (select one of (3) or (4)): (3 ) (4 ) [ ] NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs under the method elected in Election 29(b)(5), (6), (7) or (8). [ ] All Participants. To all Participants under the method elected in Election 29(b)(5), (6), (7) or (8). 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 21 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD Allocation Method. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Plan-Designated QNEC using the following method (select one of (5) through (8)): (5 ) (6 ) (7 ) (8 ) [ ] Pro rata. [ ] Flat dollar. [ ] Reverse. See Section 3.04(C)(3). [ ] Classification allocation method. See Section 3.04(C)(6). [Note: The Group Allocation Limitations of Section 3.14 apply to allocations and elections under this Election 28(d).] [Note: See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting limitations applicable to QNEC nondiscrimination testing.] 30 . SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN (SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS) (3.05). The Employer under Election 6(e) will (or in the case of the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution may) contribute the following S afe Harbor Contributions described in Section 3.05(E) and will or may contribute Additional Matching Contributions described in Section 3.05(F) (select one of (a) through (e)): (a) [ ] Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution (including QACA). The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equals % of a Participant's Compensation [Note: The amount in the blank must be at least 3%. The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution applies toward (offsets) most other Employer Nonelective Contributions. See Section 3.05(E)(12).] (b) [ ] Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution (including QACA)/delayed year-by-year election (maybe and supplemental notices). In connection with the Employer's provision of the maybe notice under Section 3.05(I)(1), the Employer elects into safe harbor status by giving the supplemental notice and by making this Election 30(b) to provide for a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equal to % (specify amount at least equal to 3%) of a Participant's Compensation. This Election 30(b) and safe harbor status applies for the Plan Year ending: (specify Plan Year end), which is the Plan Year to which the Employer's maybe and supplemental notices apply. [Note: An Employer distributing the maybe notice can use election 30(b) without completing the year. Doing so r equires the Plan to perform Current Year Testing unless the Employer decides to elect safe harbor status. If the Employer wishes to elect safe harbor status for a single year, the Employer must amend the Plan to enter the Plan Year end above.] (c) [ ] Basic Matching Contribution. A Matching Contribution equal to 100% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals not exceeding 3% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals in excess of 3% but not in excess of 5% of the Participant's Compensation. See Sections 1.35(E) and 3.05(E)(4). [ ] QACA Basic Matching Contribution. A Matching Contribution equal to 100% of a Participant's Elective Deferrals not exceeding 1% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals in excess of 1% but not in excess of 6% of the Participant's Compensation. [Note: This election is available only if the Employer has elected the QACA automatic deferrals provisions under Election 21.] [X] Enhanced Matching Contribution (including QACA). See Sections 1.35(F) and 3.05(E)(6). (Select one of (1) or (2).): (d) (e) (1 ) [ ] Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not as to Elective Deferrals exceeding % of the Participant's Compensation. (2 ) [X] Tiered formula. A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate for the corresponding level of each Participant's Elective Deferral percentage. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation. Elective Deferral Percentage Matching Rate Up to 1% 100% More than 1%, but not more than 5% 75% % % [Note: The matching rate may not increase as the Elective Deferral percentage increases and the Enhanced Matching formula otherwise must satisfy the requirements of Code §§401(k)(12)(B)(ii) and (iii) (taking into account Code §401(k)(13)(D)(ii) in the case of a QACA). If the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(b)(1), the Employer also must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Enhanced Matching Contribution to a maximum of 6% of Plan Year Compensation.] Time period for safe harbor matching contribution. For purposes of Election 30(c), (d), or (e), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals determined: (select one of (f) through (j); skip if 30(a) or 30(b) elected) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) [ ] Each payroll period [ ] Each month [ ] Each Plan Year quarter [X] Each Plan Year [ ] Other (Specify uniform, nondiscretionary time period): 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 22 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD Participants who will receive Safe Harbor Contributions. The allocation of Safe Harbor Contributions (select one of (k) or (l)): (k) [X] Applies to all Participants. Applies to all Participants except as may be limited under Election 30(m). (l)[ ] Applies to the following Participants: (select one of (1) or (2); and/or choose (3) if applicable) (1 ) [ ] NHCEs only. Is limited to NHCE Participants only and may be limited further under Election 30(m). No HCE will receive a Safe Harbor Contribution allocation, unless the Employer exercises its discretion under Section 3.05(E)(9)(a). [ ] NHCEs and designated HCEs. Is limited to NHCE Participants and to the following HCE Participants and may be limited further under Election 30(m): . (2 ) [Note: Any HCE allocation group the Employer describes under Election 30(l)(2) must be definitely determinable. (e.g., Divisio n "A" HCEs OR HCEs who own more than 5% of the Employer without regard to attribution rules).] (3 ) [ ] Applies to all Participants except Collective Bargaining Employees. Notwithstanding Elections 30(l)(1) or (2), the Safe Harbor Contributions are not allocated to Collective Bargaining (union) Employees and may be further limited under Election 30(m). Optional Provisions (choose one or more of (m) or (n) if applicable) (m) [ ] Early Elective Deferrals/delay of Safe Harbor Contribution. The Employer may elect this Election 30(m) only if the Employer in Election 14 elects eligibility requirements for Elective Deferrals of less than age 21 and/or one Year of Service but elects greater age and/or service requirements for Safe Harbor Matching or for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. The Employer under this Election 30(m) applies the rules of Section 3.05(D) to limit the allocation of any Safe Harbor Contribution under Election 30 for a Plan Year to those Participants who the Plan Administrator in applying the OEE rule described in Section 4.06(C), treats as benefiting in the disaggregated plan covering the Includible Employees. (n) [ ] Another plan. The Employer will make the Safe Harbor Contribution to the following plan: . Additional Matching Contributions. See Sections 1.35(G) and 3.05(F). (select one of (o) or (p)): (o) [ ] No Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will not make any Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan. [X] Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will or may make the following Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan. (select one or more of (1) through (3)): (p) (1 ) [ ] Fixed Additional Matching Contribution. The following Fixed Additional Matching Contribution (select one or more of a. and b.): a. [ ] Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not as to Elective Deferrals exceeding % of the Participant's Compensation. [ ] Tiered formula. A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate for the corresponding level of each Participant's Elective Deferral percentage. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation. b. Elective Deferral Percentage Matching Rate % % % % % % Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(p)(1), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals determined for: (select one of c. through g.) c. d. e. f. g. [X] [ ] Each payroll period [ ] Each month [ ] Each Plan Year quarter [ ] Each Plan Year [ ] Other (Specify uniform, nondiscretionary time period): (2 ) Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. The Employer may make a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. If the Employer makes a Discretionary Matching Contribution, the Discretionary Matching Contribution will not apply as to Elective Deferrals exceeding % of the Participant's Compensation (complete the blank if applicable or leave blank). Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(p)(2), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals determined for: (select one of a. through e.) a. [ ] Each payroll period 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 23 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD b. c. d. e. [ ] Each month [ ] Each Plan Year quarter [X] Each Plan Year [ ] Other (Specify uniform, nondiscretionary time period): [Note: If the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 38(b)(1) then as to any and all Matching Contribut ions, including Fixed Additional Matching Contributions and Discretionary Additional Matching Contributions: (i) the matching rate may not increase as the Elective Deferral percentage increases; (ii) no HCE may be entitled to a greater rate of match than any N HCE; (iii) the Employer must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Additional Matching Contributions to a maximum of 6% of Plan Year Compensation; (iv) the Plan must apply all Matching Contributions to Catch -Up Deferrals; and (v) in the case of a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution, the contribution amount may not exceed 4% of the Participant's Plan Year Compensation.] (3 ) [ ] Additional non-safe harbor match. The Plan will not use the ACP Safe Harbor. Additional Matching Contributions will be made as follows: [Note: The Employer in Election 30(p)(3) may specify any matching contribution formula or formulas which could be specified in Election 24 and may specify different formulas for different groups of Participants (i.e., The Employer will make a Discretionary Matching Contribution for Participants in its Chicago office, and a Fixed Matching Contribution of 33% of Elective Deferrals up to 12% of Compensation for all other Participants). If the Employer elects 30(p)(3), the Plan will not qualify for the ACP Safe Harbor and the Employer should elect, at Election 37(b)(2), the ACP testing method. The Group Allocation Limitations of Section 3.14 apply to allocations and elections under this Election 30(p)(3).] Multiple Safe Harbor Contributions in disaggregated Plan (Choose (q) if applicable) (q) [ ] The Employer elects to make different Safe Harbor Contributions and/or Additional Matching Contributions to disaggregated parts of its Plan under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(b)(4)as follows: [Note: The Employer in Election 30(q) may specify any matching contribution formula or formulas which could be specified in Election 24 and may specify different formulas for different groups of Participants (i.e., The Employer will make a Fixed Matching Contribution of 33% of Elective Deferrals up to 12% of Compensation for Collective Bargaining Employees, and a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution as described in Election 30(p)(2) for all other Participants). Allocation formulas, such as a fixed match based on years of service, which permit an HCE in a disaggregated plan to receive a higher rate of match than any NHCE in that plan at the same level of elective deferrals will not satisfy Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-3(d)(4) and will not qualify for the ACP Safe Harbor. The Group Allocation Limitations of Section 3.14 apply to allocations under this Election 30(q).] 31 . ALLOCATION CONDITIONS (3.06(B)/(C)). The Plan does not apply any allocation conditions to: (i) Employee Contributions; (ii) Rollover Contributions; (iii) Designated IRA Contributions; or (iv) Prevailing Wage Contributions. In addition, for 401(k) plans, the Plan does not apply any allocation conditions to: (i) Elective Deferrals; (ii) Safe Harbor Contributions; (iii) Additional Matching Contributions which will satisfy the ACP test safe harbor; or (iv) SIMPLE Contributions. To receive an allocation of Matching Contributions, Nonelective Contributions or Participant forfeitures, a Participant must satisfy the following allocation condition(s) (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) [ ] No conditions. No allocation conditions apply to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures (skip to Election 33). (b) [X] Conditions. The following allocation conditions apply to the designated Contribution Type and/or forfeitures (select one or more of (1) through (7). Select Contribution Type as applicable. If more than one allocation condition elected, the Participant must satisfy each condition to receive the allocation.): [Note for 401(k) plans: For this Election 31, except as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided i n the Plan regarding Operational Matches, Operational QMACs, and Operational QNECs, Match ing includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions to which allocation conditions may apply. The Employer under Election 31(b )(7) may not impose an Hour of Service condition exceeding 1,000 Hours of Service in a Plan Year. Elections (4) or (6) for nonelective contributions will subject the plan to the general nondiscrimination test.] (1) Matching, Nonelective and Forfeitures N/A (See Election 31(a)) [ ] (2) (3) (4) Matching Nonelective Forfeitures [ ] (1) [ ] None. [ ] [ ] (2 ) [ ] 501 HOS/terminees (91 consecutive days if Elapsed Time). See Section 3.06(B)(1)(b). Last day of the Plan Year. OR [ ] [ ] [ ] (3 ) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 24 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (4 ) (5 ) [ [ ] Last day of the Election 31(c) time period. ] 1,000 HOS in the Plan Year (182 consecutive days in Plan Year if Elapsed Time). ] (specify) HOS within the Election [ [ ] ] OR OR [ [ ] ] [ [ ] ] [ ] [ ] (6 ) [ [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] 31(c) time period, (but not exceeding 1,000 HOS in a Plan Year). [X] Describe conditions: Last day of the Plan Year will apply to Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution provided (7 ) at the end of the Plan Year. (e.g., Last day of the Plan Year as to Nonelective Contributions for Participating Employer "A" Participants. No allocation conditions for Participating Employer "B" Participants.) Time period (choose (c) if applicable; skip if 31(b)(4), (b)(6), or (b)(7) not selected) (c) [ ] Under Section 3.06(C), apply Elections 31(b)(4), (b)(6), or (b)(7) to the specified contributions/forfeitures based on each (Choose one or more of (1) through (5). Choose Contribution Type as applicable.): (1) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) [ [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] ] Plan Year. Plan Year quarter. Calendar month. Payroll period. [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] OR OR OR OR [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] Describe time period: [Note: If the Employer elects 31(b)(4) or (b)(6), the Employer must choose (c). If the Employer elects 31(b)(7), choose (c) if applicable.] 32 . ALLOCATION CONDITIONS - APPLICATION/WAIVER/SUSPENSION (3.06(D)/(F)). Under Section 3.06(D), in the event of Severance from Employment as described below, apply or do not apply Election 31(b) allocation conditions to the specified contributions/forfeitures as follows: Application/Waiver (Select one of (a) or (b)) (a) [X] Total waiver or application. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment on account of or following death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age (select one of (1) or (2)): [X] Allocation conditions are waived. Do not apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures. [ ] Allocation conditions apply. Apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions and to forfeitures. (1 ) (2 ) (b) [ ] Application/waiver as to Contribution Types events. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment, apply allocation conditions except such conditions are waived if Severance from Employment is on account of or following death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age as specified, and as applied to the specified Contribution Types/forfeitures (select one or more of (1) through (4). Select Contribution Type as applicable.): [Note for 401(k) Plans: For this Election 32(b), except as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided in in the Plan regarding Operational Matches, Operational QMACs, or Operational QNECs, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions to which allocation conditions may apply.] (1) Matching, Nonelective and Forfeitures (2) (3) (4) Matching Nonelective Forfeitures (1) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] Death. Disability. Normal Retirement Age. Early Retirement Age. [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] OR OR OR OR [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 25 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD Suspension. The suspension of allocation conditions of Section 3.06(F) (select one of (c) or (d)): (c) [ ] Suspension applies. For 401(k) plans, applies as follows (select one of (1), (2), or (3)): (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [X] [ ] Both. Applies both to Nonelective Contributions and to Matching Contributions. [ ] Nonelective. Applies only to Nonelective Contributions. [ ] Match. Applies only to Matching Contributions. Suspension does not apply. (d) 33 . FORFEITURE ALLOCATION METHOD (3.07). (select one of (a) or (b).): [Note: Even if the Employer elects immediate vesting, the Employer should complete Election 33. See Section 7.07. Election can be omitted if the plan is frozen or the plan is a 401(k) plan with no employer contributions] (a) [ ] Safe harbor/top-heavy exempt. Apply all forfeitures to Safe Harbor Contributions and Plan expenses in accordance with Section 3.07(A)(4). (may only be selected with 401(k) plans) [X] Apply to Contributions. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Participant forfeiture as follows: (select one or more of (1) through (7). Select Contribution Type as applicable): (b) (1) All Forfeitures [ ] (2) Nonelective Forfeitures (3) Matching Forfeitures [ ] (1 ) [ ] All. Use as described in (2) through (6). ((1) may not be selected with (2) through (6)) Additional Nonelective. Added to Nonelective Contributions and allocated in the same manner. Additional Match. Added to Matching Contributions and allocated in the same manner. Reduce Nonelective. Apply to reduce Nonelective Contribution. Reduce Match. Apply to reduce Matching Contribution. Plan expenses. Pay reasonable Plan expenses. (See Section 7.04(C).) (must be selected with another election) OR [ ] (2 ) [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] (3 ) [X] [X] OR [ ] [ ] (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] [X] [X] [ ] [X] [X] OR OR OR [ [ [ ] ] ] [ [ [ ] ] ] (7 ) [ ] Describe: (must satisfy the definitely determinable requirement under Treas. Reg. §1.401 -1(b) and be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner; e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred balances from Plan X are allocated only to former Plan X participants.) 34 . IN-PLAN ROTH ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION (3.08(E)). The following provisions apply regarding In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions (Choose one of (a) or (b); also see Appendix B, Election (g)(2); leave blank if Election 6(b)(1) is not selected.): (a) [ ] Not Applicable. The Plan does not permit In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions (skip to Election 35). (b) [X] Applies. The Plan permits In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions with regard to the following amounts and subject to the following limitations. (select one or more of (1) and (2)) (1) [X] IRR. This provision is effective with regard to IRRs (see Section 1.55(A)(1)) the later of September 28, 2010, or the Plan or Restatement Effective Date unless other date entered below. [X] or January 1, 2016 (enter later effective date if applicable) a. [X] (2) IRT. This provision is effective with regard to IRTs (see Section 1.55(A)(2)) the later of January 1, 2013, or the Plan or Restatement Effective Date unless other date entered below. [X] or January 1, 2016 (enter later effective date if applicable) a. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 26 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD Limitations. The following restrictions apply to In-Plan Roth Rollovers (choose one or more of (c) through (h) if applicable) (1) IRR [ ] (2) IRT [ ] (c) [ ] In-Plan Roth Rollovers limited to In-Service only. Only Participants who are Employees may elect to make an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution. Vested In-Plan Roth Rollovers. In-Plan Roth Rollovers may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested. No transfer of loans. Loans may not be distributed as part of an In-Plan Roth Rollover Contribution. Minimum amount. The minimum amount that may be rolled over is 1,000 (may not exceed $1,000). (d) [ ] [ ] [ ] (e) [X] [X] [X] (f) [X] [ ] [X] (g) (h) [X] Number of Transfers. No more than 1 transfer(s) may be made during a Plan Year. [ ] [X] [ ] Describe transfer provisions. Transfers may be made subject to the followingprovisions: (must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer or Administrator discretion; specify different provisions for IRR and IRT ifdesired). Source of In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions (Select one or more of (i) or (j)): 1. [X] 2. [X] (i) (j) [X] All Sources. (select one or both of columns (1) – (2)) [ ] Limited Sources. The Plan permits an In-Plan Roth Rollover only from the following qualifying sources (select one or more of (1) through (7)): (1 ) IRR (2) IRT (1) (2) [ [ ] ] Elective Deferrals Matching Contributions (including any Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions) Nonelective Contributions QNECS (including any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions) Rollovers Transfers [ [ ] ] [ [ ] ] (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) [ [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] [ [ [ [ ] ] ] ] Other: (specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion; specify different sources for IRR and IRT if desired) 35 . EMPLOYEE (AFTER-TAX) CONTRIBUTIONS (3.09). The following additional elections apply to Employee Contributions under Election 6(f). After-tax contribution limits. (choose (a) and (b) as applicable.): (a) [ ] Maximum amount. A Participant's Employee Contributions may not exceed: (complete (1) and (2)) (1 ) (2 ) [ ] NHCE. (specify dollar amount and/or percentage of Compensation) for NHCEs [ ] HCE. (specify dollar amount and/or percentage of Compensation) for HCEs. The limit for HCEs cannot exceed the limit for NHCEs) Minimum amount. A Participant's Employee Contributions may not be less than: (specify dollar amount (not (b) [ ] greater than $10,000) and/or percentage of Compensation (not greater than 10%)). Apply Matching Contribution. For each Plan Year, the Employer's Matching Contribution made with regard to Employee Contributions is (leave blank if there are no Matching Contributions made with regard to Employee Contributions; otherwise, choose one of (c) or (d).): (c) [ ] Same as Elective Deferrals. Employee Contributions will be treated the same as Elective Deferrals for purposes of calculating the Matching Contributions under Election 24. (d) [ ] Discretionary. See Section 1.35(B). This contribution will be computed as a Flexible Discretionary Match under Section 3.03(A)(2)(b) as though the Employee Contributions were Elective Deferrals. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 27 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 36 . DESIGNATED IRA CONTRIBUTIONS (3.12). Under Election 6(h), a Participant may make Designated IRA Contributions. Type of IRA contribution. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be (select one of (a), (b), or (c)): (a) (b) (c) [ ] Traditional. [ ] Roth. [ ] Traditional/Roth. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution. Type of Account. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be held in the following form of Account(s) (select one of (d), (e), or (f)): (d) (e) (f) [ ] IRA. [ ] Individual Retirement Annuity. [ ] IRA/Individual Retirement Annuity. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution. ARTICLE IV LIMITATIONS AND TESTING 37 . ANNUAL TESTING ELECTIONS (4.06(B)). The Employer makes the following Plan specific annual testing elections under Section 4.06(B): Nondiscrimination testing. (Select one or more of (a), (b), and (c). Plans other than 401(k) plans should skip except select (a)(4) or (5) if the Plan permits Employee Contributions.): (a) [ ] Traditional 401(k) Plan/ADP/ACP test. The following testing method(s) apply [Note: The Plan may "split test". For Current Year Testing, See Section 4.11(E). For Prior Year Testing, see Section 4.11(H) a nd, as to the first Plan Year, see Sections 4.10(B)(4)(f)(iv) and 4.10(C)(5)(e)(iv). ] ADP Test (Select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Current Year Testing. [ ] Prior Year Testing. ACP Test (Select one of (3), (4), or (5)) (3 ) [ ] Not applicable. The Plan does not permit Matching Contributions or Employee Contributions and the Plan Administrator will not recharacterize Elective Deferrals as Employee Contributions for testing. [ ] Current Year Testing. [ ] Prior Year Testing. Safe Harbor Plan/No testing or ACP test only. (select one of (1) or (2)): [ ] No testing. ADP test safe harbor applies and if applicable, ACP test safe harbor applies. If the Plan permits Employee Contributions, current year ACP testing will apply to Employee Contributions unless otherwise elected below (Choose a. if applicable.). (4 ) (5 ) (b) [X] (1 ) a. [ ] Prior Year Testing applies to Employee Contributions. (2 ) [X] ACP test only. ADP test safe harbor applies, but Plan will perform ACP test as follows (select one of a. or b.): a. b. [X] Current Year Testing. [ ] Prior Year Testing. (c) [ ] Maybe notice (Election 30(b)). See Section 3.05(I). [Note: When maintaining a traditional 40 l(k) plan, select (a); when maintaining a safe harbor 401(k) plan, select (b). Skip if SIMPLE 401(k) plan. The Employer may make elections under both the Traditional 401(k) Plan and Safe Harbor Plan elections, in order to accommodate a Plan that applies both testing elections (e.g., Safe Harbor Includible Employees group and tested Otherwise Excludible Employees group). In the absence of an election regarding ADP or ACP tested contributions, Current Year Testing applies. ] HCE determination. The Top-Paid Group election and the calendar year data election are not used unless elected below (choose one or more of (d) and (e) if applicable): (d) [X]Top-paid group election applies. (e) [ ] Calendar year data election (fiscal year Plan only) applies. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 28 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD ARTICLE V VESTING 38 . NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE (5.01). A Participant attains Normal Retirement Age under the Plan on the following date (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) [X] Specific age. The date the Participant attains age 65 . [Note: The age may not exceed age 65.] (b) [ ] Age/participation. The later of the date the Participant attains age or the anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. [Note: The age may not exceed age 65 and the anniversary may not exceed the 5th.] [Note for Money Purchase Pension Plans: The Normal Retirement Age specified must generally be at least age 62; however, a lowe r age, but not lower than age 55, may be specified if that age is reasonably representative of the typical retirement age for the industry in which the covered workforce is employed. No reliance will be afforded on the Opinion Letter issued to the Plan that (if the Plan is a Money Purchase Pension Plan) an age less than 62 is reasonably representa tive of the typical retirement age for the industry in which the participants work.] 39 . (a) (b) EARLY RETIREMENT AGE (5.01). (select one of (a) or (b)): [X] Not applicable. The Plan does not provide for an Early Retirement Age. [ ] Early Retirement Age. Early Retirement Age is the later of: (i) the date a Participant attains age ; (ii) the date a Participant reaches his/her anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (iii) the date a Participant completes Years of Service. [Note: The Employer should leave blank any of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) which are not applicable.] "Years of Service" under this Election 39 means (select one of (1) or (2); skip if (b)(iii) NOT elected): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16. [ ] Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 42 and 43. [Note: Election of an Early Retirement Age does not affect the time at which a Participant may receive a Plan distribution. However, a Participant becomes 100% vested at Early Retirement Age.] 40 . ACCELERATION ON DEATH OR DISABILITY (5.02). Under Section 5.02, if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of death or Disability (select one of (a), (b), or (c)): (a) (b) [X] Applies. Apply 100% vesting. [ ] Not applicable. Do not apply 100% vesting. The Participant's vesting is in accordance with the applicable Plan vesting schedule. [ ] Limited application. Apply 100% vesting, but only if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of (select one of (1) or (2)): (c) (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Death. [ ] Disability. 41 . VESTING SCHEDULE (5.03). A Participant has a 100% Vested interest at all times in his/her Accounts attributable to: (i) Elective Deferrals; (ii) Employee Contributions; (iii) QNECs; (iv) QMACs; (v) Safe Harbor Contributions (other than QACA Safe Harbor Contributions); (vi) SIMPLE Contributions; (vii) Rollover Contributions; (viii) Prevailing Wage Contributions; (ix) DECs; and (x) Designated IRA Contributions. The following vesting schedule applies to Regular Matching Contributions, to Additional Matchin g Contributions (irrespective of ACP testing status), to Nonelective Contributions (other than Prevailing Wage Contributions) and to QACA Safe Harbor Contributions. (select (a) or (b)): (a) [ ] Immediate vesting. 100% Vested at all times in all Accounts. [Note: Unless all Contribution Types are 100% Vested, the Employer should not elect 41(a). If the Employer elects immediate vesting under 41(a), the Employer should not complete the balance of Election 41 or Elections 42 and 43 (except as noted therein). For 401(k) plans: (i) The Employer must elect 41(a) if the eligibility Service condition under Election 14 as to all Contribution Types (except Elective Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions) exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months; (ii) The Employer must elect 41(b)(1) as to any Contribution Type where the eligibility service condition exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months; and (iii) T he Employer should elect 41(b) if any Contribution Type is subject to a vesting schedule. For Money Purchase Pensio n Plans and Profit Sharing Plans, the Employer must elect 41(a) if the eligibility Service condition exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months.] (b) [X] Vesting schedules: Apply the following vesting schedules (Select one or more of (1) through (6). Select Contribution Type as applicable.): 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 29 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (1) (2) (3) (4) Additional Matching (See Section 3.05(F)) (5) All Contributions N/A (See Election 41(a)) Regular Matching QACA Safe Harbor [ ] Nonelective (1 ) [ ] Immediate vesting. [ ] [ ] [ ] (2 ) (3) (4) [ [ [ ] ] ] 6-year graded. 3-year cliff. Modified schedule: Years of Service [ [ [ ] ] ] OR OR OR [ [ [ ] ] ] [ [ [ ] ] ] [ [ [ ] ] ] N/A N/A N/A Vested % Not Less Than Less than 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 or more 2-year cliff. a. 0% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% b. c. d. e. f. 100% (5) (6) [X] [ ] [ ] [ ] OR OR [ [ ] ] [ [ ] ] [X] [ ] [X] [ ] Modified 2-year schedule: Years of Service Vested % Less than 1 1 2 a. b. 100% [Note: If the Employer does not elect 41(a), the Employer under 41(b) must elect immediate vesting or must elect one of the sp ecified alternative vesting schedules. The modified schedule of Election 41(b)(4) must satisfy Code §411(a)(2)(B). ] [Note for 401(k) plans: The Employer must elect either 41(b)(5) or (6) as to QACA Safe Harbor Contributions. If the Employer elects Additional Matching under Election 30(p), the Employer should elect vesting under the Additional Matching column in this Elec tion 41(b). That election applies to the Additional Matching even if the Employer has given the maybe notice but does not give the suppleme ntal notice for any Plan Year and as to such Plan Years, the Plan is not a safe harbor plan and the Matching Contributions are not Additional Matching Contributions.] Special vesting provisions (choose c. if applicable) (c) [X] Describe: Prior Nonelective Contributions and prior Employer Match - Pre 2009 are 100% Vested at all times. [Note: The Employer under Election 41(c) may describe special vesting provisions from the elections available under Election 41 and/or a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., Full vesting applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. 6-year graded vesting applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); and/or (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Full vesting applies as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. 6 -year graded vesting applies to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any special vesting provision must satisfy Code §411(a) and must be nondiscriminatory.] 42 . YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING (5.05). (choose (a) and/or (b) if applicable) [Note: If the Employer elects the Elapsed Time Method for vesting the Employer should not complete this Election 42. If the Employer elects immediate vesting, the Employer should not complete Election 42 or Election 43 unless it elects to apply a Year of Ser vice for vesting under any other Adoption Agreement election.] (a) [ ] Year of Service. An Employee must complete at least Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period to receive credit for a Year of Service under Article V. [Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is 1,000 Hours of Service.] [ ] Vesting Computation Period-Anniversary Year. The Plan measures a Year of Service based on the Plan Year unless this option is elected. (b) 43 . (a) (b) EXCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING (5.05(C)). (select (a) or (b)): [X] None. None other than as specified in Section 5.05(C)(1). [ ] Exclusions. The Plan excludes the following Years of Service for purposes of vesting (select one or more of (1) through (4)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Age 18. Any Year of Service before the Vesting Computation Period during which the Participant attained the age of 18. [ ] Prior to Plan establishment. Any Year of Service during the period the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor plan. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 30 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (3 ) (4 ) [ ] Rule of Parity. Any Year of Service excluded under the rule of parity. See Plan Section 5.06(C). [ ] Additional exclusions. The following Years of Service: [Note: The Employer under Election 43(b)(4) may describe vesting service exclusions provisions available under Election 43 and /or a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., No exclusions apply to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. The age 18 exclusion applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); or (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., No exclusions apply as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. The age 18 exclusion applies to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any exclusion specified under Election 43(b)(4) must comply with Code §411(a)(4). Any exclusion must be nondiscriminatory. ] ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT BALANCE 44 . MANDATORY DISTRIBUTION (6.01(A)(1)/6.08(D)). The Plan provides or does not provide for Mandatory Distribution of a Participant's Vested Account Balance following Severance from Employment, as follows (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) (b) [ ] No Mandatory Distribution. The Plan will not make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment. [X]Mandatory Distribution. The Plan will make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment. Amount limit. As to a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment and who will receive distribution before attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, the Mandatory Distribution maximum amount is equal to (select one of (1), (2), or (3)): (1) (2) (3 ) [X] [ ] [ ] $5,000. $1,000. Specify amount: $ (may not exceed $5,000). [Note: This election only applies to the Mandatory Distribution maximum amount. For other Plan provisions subject to a $5,000 limit, see Appendix B, Election (g)(7).] Application of Rollovers to amount limit. In determining whether a Participant's Vested Account Balance exceeds the Mandatory Distribution dollar limit in Election 44(b)(1), the Plan will include amounts in the Rollover Contribution Account (if any) u nless otherwise elected below (choose (4) if applicable): (4 ) [ ] Disregard Rollover Contribution Account. Amount of Mandatory Distribution subject to Automatic Rollover. A Mandatory Distribution to a Participant before attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age is subject to Automatic Rollover under Section 6.08(D) (choose one of (5) or (6) unless the Employer elects under Elections 44(b)(2) to limit Mandatory Distributions to $1,000 (including Rollover Contributions): (5 ) [X] Only if exceeds $1,000. Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution exceeds $1,000, which for this purpose must include any Rollover Contributions Account. [ ] Specify lesser amount. Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution is at least: $ (specify $1,000 or (6 ) less), which for this purpose must include any Rollover Contributions Account. Required distribution at Normal Retirement Age (choose (c) if applicable) (c) [ ] A severed Participant may not elect to delay distribution beyond the later ofage 62 or Normal Retirement Age. 45 . SEVERANCE DISTRIBUTION TIMING (6.01). Subject to the timing limitations of Section 6.01(A)(1) in the case of a Mandatory Distribution, or in the case of any Distribution Requiring Consent under Section 6.01(A)(2), for whic h consent is received, the Plan Administrator will instruct the Trustee to distribute a Participant's Vested Account Balance as soon as is administratively p ractical following the time specified below (select one or more of (a) through (i)): [Note: If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections und er this Election 45 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 49.] (1) Mandatory Distribution [X] (2) Distribution Requiring Consent [X] [ ] (a) [X] Immediate. Immediately following Severance from Employment. (b) [ ] Next Valuation Date. After the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment. Plan Year. In the Plan Year following [ ] (c) [ ] [ ] [ ] Severance from Employment (e.g., next or fifth). Plan Year quarter. In the Plan Year quarter following (d) [ ] [ ] [ ] Severance from Employment (e.g., next or fifth). 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 31 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (e) [ ] Contribution Type Accounts. (specify timing) [ ] [ ] as to the Participant's Account(s) and (specify timing) as to the Participant's Account(s) (e.g. for 401(k) plans, as soon as is practical following Severance from Employment as to the Participant's Elective Deferral Account and as soon as is practical in the next Plan Year following Severance from Employment as to the Participant's Nonelective and Matching Accounts). Vesting controlled timing. If the Participant's total Vested Account Balance exceeds $ , distribute (specify (f) [ ] [ ] [ ] timing) and if the Participant's total Vested Account Balance does not exceed $ , distribute (specify timing). (g ) [ ] Distribute at Normal Retirement Age. As to a Mandatory Distribution, distribute not later than 60 days after the beginning of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the previously severed Participant attains the earlier of Normal Retirement Age orage 65. [Note: An election under column (2) only will have effect if the Plan's NRA is less than age 62.] No buy-back/vesting controlled timing. Distribute as soon as is practical following Severance from Employment if the Participant is fully Vested. Distribute as soon as is practical following a Forfeiture Break in Service if the Participant is not fully Vested. [ ] [ ] (h) [ ] [ ] [ ] (i) [ ] Describe Severance from Employment distribution timing: [Note: The Employer under Election 45(i) may describe Severance from Employment distribution timing provisio ns from the elections available under Election 45 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Immediate distribution after Severance from Employment applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. Distribu tion after the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type and Participant group (e.g., As to Division A Employees, immediate distribution after Severance from Employment applies as to Elective Deferral Accounts and distribution after the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to Nonelective Contribution Accounts); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., Th e accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 45(i) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) comply with Code §401(a)(14) timing requirements; (iv) be nondiscriminatory and (v) preserve Protected Benefits as required. ] Acceleration. Notwithstanding any later specified distribution date in Election 45, a Participant may elect an earlier distribution following Severance from Employment (Choose (j) and/or (k) if applicable.): (j) [ ] Disability. If Severance from Employment is on account of Disability or if the Participant incurs a Disability follo wing Severance from Employment. [ ] Hardship. If the Participant incurs a hardship under Section 6.07(B) following Severance from Employment. (k ) 46 . IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS/EVENTS (6.01(C)). A Participant may elect an In-Service Distribution of the designated Contribution Type Accounts based on any of the following events in accordance with Section 6.01(C) (Choose one of (a) or (b).): [Note: Prevailing Wage Contributions are treated as Nonelective Contributions. See Section 6.01(C)(4)(d) if the Emplo yer elects to use Prevailing Wage Contributions to offset other contributions. (a) [ ] None. The Plan does not permit any In-Service Distributions except as to any of the following (if applicable): (i) RMDs under Section 6.02; (ii) Protected Benefits; and (iii) Designated IRA Contributions. Also see Section 6.01(C)(4)(e) with regard to Rollover Contributions, Employee Contributions and DECs. (b) [X] Permitted. In-Service Distributions are permitted as follows (For Money Purchase Pension Contributions, select one or more of (1), (2), (3) and (9). For Profit Sharing Plans, select one or more of (1) through (6), (8) and (9). For 401(k) Plans, select one or more of (1) through (9). Select Contribution Type as applicable.): [Note for 401(k) plans: Unless the Employer elects otherwise in Election (b)(9) below, Elective Deferrals under Election 46(b) includes Pre-Tax and Roth Deferrals and Matching Contributions includes Additional Matching Contributions (irrespective of the Plan's ACP testing status).] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 32 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (1) All Contrib. N/A (See Election 46(a)) (2) Elective Deferrals [ ] (3) Safe Harbor Contrib. [ ] (4) (5) (6) Matching Contrib. (7) Nonelective/ SIMPLE [ ] QNECs [ ] QMACs [ ] (1) [ ] None. Except for Election 46(a) exceptions. Age (select one or more of a. through d.): [ ] (2) [X] a. [X] Age 59 1/2 (must [X] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] be at least 59 1/2). Age (may b. [ ] N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A [ ] [ ] be less than 59 1/2). Normal Retirement Age. Early Retirement Age. c. [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] d. [ ] [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [Note: In a 401(k) plan, Elections c. and d. do not apply to Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions, QNECs, or QMACs un less the Participant has attained age 59 1/2.] [Note for Money Purchase Pension Contributions: None of the elections a. though d. applies to a Money Purchase Pension Contrib ution unless the Participant has attained the earlier of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age] (3) (4 ) [ ] [X] Disability. Hardship (Choose one or both of a. and b.): [X] Hardship (safe harbor). See Section 6.07(A). [ ] Hardship (non-safe harbor). See Section 6.07(B). [ ] OR [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] a. N/A [X] N/A N/A N/A [X] [X] b. N/A [ ] N/A N/A N/A [ ] [ ] (5 ) [ ] year N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A [ ] [ ] contributions. (specify minimum of two years) See Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(i). ] months of (6 ) [ N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A [ ] [ ] participation. (specify minimum of 60 months) See Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(ii). ] Qualified Reservist Distribution. See Section 6.01(C)(4)(b)(iii). (may only be selected with 401(k) plans) (7 ) [ N/A [ ] N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A (8 ) [X] Deemed Severance Distribution. See Section 6.11. [X] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [Note for Money Purchase Pension Contributions: Elections (4) through (8) do not apply.] (9 ) [ ] Describe: [Note: The Employer under Election 46(b)(9) may describe In-Service Distribution provisions from the elections otherwise available under Election 46 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts are distributab le at age 59 1/2 OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable at age 59 1/2. No In-Service Distributions apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accoun ts are distributable on Disability. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable on Disability or Hardship (non-safe harbor)); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to b e 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 33 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 46(b)(9) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) pre serve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Sections 6.01(C)(4) and 11.02(C)(3).] 47 . IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS (6.01(C)). Unless otherwise elected below, a Participant may elect to receive an In-Service Distribution upon any Election 46(b) event without further condition, provided that the amount distributed may not exceed the Vested amount in the distributing Account (choose one or more of (a) through (f) if applicable): (a) [ ] 100% vesting required. A Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution unless the Participant is 100% Vested in the distributing Account. This restriction applies to (select one or more of (1), (2), or (3)): (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [ ] [ ] Hardship distributions. Distributions based on hardship. (does not apply for Money Purchase Pension Plans) [ ] Deemed Severance. Distributions based on Deemed Severance under Section 6.11. [ ] Other In-Service. In-Service distributions other than distributions based on hardship or Deemed Severance. Minimum amount. A Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution in an amount which is less than: $ (b) (specify amount not exceeding $1,000). This restriction applies to (Select one or more of (1), (2), or (3)): [ ] Hardship distributions. Distributions based on hardship. (does not apply for Money Purchase Pension Plans) [ ] Deemed Severance. Distributions based on Deemed Severance under Section 6.11. [ ] Other In-Service. In-Service distributions other than distributions based on hardship or Deemed Severance. (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (c) [ ] Roth In-Service. A Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution from the Participant's Roth Deferral Account unless it is a qualified distribution as defined in Code §402A(d)(2). (may only be selected with 401(k) plans) [ ] Maximum Number. The maximum number of In-Service Distributions a Participant may receive during a Plan Year is (Specify a number at least equal to 1. If (d) is not elected, the Plan Administrator, by policy, can impose a limitation). (d) (e) [X] Beneficiary's hardship need. A Participant's hardship does not include an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant's primary Individual Beneficiary under the Plan, as described in Section 6.07(G). [X] Describe other conditions: A Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution upon attainment of age 59 1/2 in an (f) amount which is less than $500. [Note: An Employer's election under Election 47(f) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restric ted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Section 6.01(C)(4).] 48 . POST-SEVERANCE AND LIFETIME RMD DISTRIBUTION METHODS (6.03). A Participant whose Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 (or any lesser amount elected in Appendix B, Election (g)(7)): (i) who has incurred a Severance from Employment and will receive a distribution; or (ii) who remains employed but who must receive lifetime RMDs, may elect distribution under one of the following method(s) of distribution described in Section 6.03 and subject to any Section 6.03 limitations. (Select one or more of (a) through (g).): [Note: If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections u nder this Election 48 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 49.] (a) (b) (c) [X] Lump-Sum. See Section 6.03(A)(3). [ ] Installments. See Section 6.03(A)(4). [X] Installments only if Participant subject to lifetime RMDs. A Participant who is required to receive lifetime RMDs may receive installments payable in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments equal to or exceeding the annual RMD amount. See Sections 6.02(A) and 6.03(A)(4)(a). [ ] Alternative Annuity: . (d) See Section 6.03(A)(5). [Note: Under a Plan which is subject to the joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04 (Election 50(b)), the Employer may elect under 48(d) to offer one or more additional annuities (Alternative Annuity) to the Plan's QJSA, QPSA or QO SA. The Alternative Annuity could be a QLAC, described in Section 6.02(E)(6)(b)] (e) [X] Partial distributions. See Section 6.03(A)(6). Also known as Ad-Hoc distributions. (f) [ ] Partial distributions only if Participant subject to lifetime RMDs. A Participant who is required to receive lifetime RMDs may receive Partial Distributions equal to or exceeding the annual RMD amount. See Sections 6.02(A) and 6.03(A)(6)(a). 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 34 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (g) [ ] Describe distribution method(s): [Note: The Employer under Election 48(g) may describe Severance from Employment distribution methods from the elections available under Election 48 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts are distr ibutable in a Lump-Sum OR Accounts of Employees hired after "x" date are distributable in a Lump -Sum. Division B Employee Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum or in Installments OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable in a Lump -Sum or in Installments.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable in a Lump -Sum or in Installments); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 48(g) must: (i) be objective ly determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer, Plan Administrator or Trustee discretion; (iii) be nondiscriminatory; and (iv) preserve Protected Benefits as required.] 49 . BENEFICIARY DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS (6.01(B)). Distributions following a Participant's death will be made or begin as follows: 5-year; Life Expectancy (6.02(B)(1)(e)). If the Participant dies before the DCD and the Beneficiary is a designated Beneficiary, the deadline to commence RMDs will be determined as follows (Select one of (a) through (d).): (a) [ ] Beneficiary election. The Designated Beneficiary may elect application of the 5-year rule or the Life Expectancy rule. If the Beneficiary does not make a timely election (Select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] 5-year rule. The 5-year rule applies to the Beneficiary. [ ] Life Expectancy Rule. The Life Expectancy rule applies to the Beneficiary. (b) (c) (d) [ ] 5-year rule. The 5-year rule applies to the Beneficiary. [X] Life Expectancy rule. The Life Expectancy rule applies to the Beneficiary. [ ] Other: (Describe, e.g., the 5-year rule applies to all Beneficiaries other than a surviving spouse Beneficiary.) Commencement of distributions to Beneficiary. (6.01(B)) Distributions to a Beneficiary will commence at such time as the Beneficiary may elect, consistent with Section 6.02, or if earlier, the time elected below. (Choose one of (e), (f), or (g) if applicable): (e) (f) [ ] Immediate. As soon as practical following the Participant's death and the determination of the Beneficiary. [ ] Next Calendar Year. On or before the last day of the calendar year which next follows the calendar year of the Participant's death. [ ] Describe: (g) [Note: The Employer under Election 49(g) may describe an alternative distribution timing or afford the Beneficiary an election which is narrower than that otherwise permitted under this election), or include special provisions related to certain beneficiaries. However, any election under Election 49(g) must require distribution to commence no later than the Section 6.02 required date.] 50 . JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS (6.04). The joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04 (Unless this is a Money Purchase Pension Plan, select one of (a) or (b). If this is a Money Purchase Pension Plan, select (b)): (a) [X] Profit sharing exception. Do not apply to an Exempt Participant, as described in Section 6.04(G)(1), but apply to any other Participants (or to a portion of their Account as described in Section 6.04(G)). One-year marriage rule. Under Section 7.05(A)(3) relating to an Exempt Participant's Beneficiary designation under the profit sharing exception (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Applies. The one-year marriage rule applies. [X] Does not apply. The one-year marriage rule does not apply. (b) [ ] Joint and survivor annuity applicable. Section 6.04 applies to all Participants. One-year marriage rule. Under Section 6.04(B) relating to the QPSA (select one of (1) or (2)): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Applies. The one-year marriage rule applies. [ ] Does not apply. The one-year marriage rule does not apply. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 35 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD ARTICLE XII MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN 51 . MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN (12.01/12.02/12.03). The Employer makes the following elections regarding the Plan's Multiple Employer Plan status and the application of Article XII (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) [X] Not applicable. The Plan is not a Multiple Employer Plan and Article XII does not apply. (b) [ ] Applies. The Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan and the Article XII Effective Date is: . The Employer makes the following additional elections (choose (1) and/or (2) if applicable): [ ] Participating Employer may modify. See Section 12.03. A Participating Employer in the Participation Agreement may modify Adoption Agreement elections applicable to each Participating Employer (including electing to not apply Adoption Agreement elections) as follows (select one of a. or b.; choose c. if applicable): (1 ) a. b. c. [ ] All. May modify all elections. [ ] Specified elections. May modify the following elections: (specify by election number). [ ] Restrictions. May modify subject to the following additional restrictions: (Specify restrictions. Any restrictions must be definitely determinable and may not violate Code §412 or the regulations thereunder.). [ ] Lead Employer will not participate. See Section 12.02(B). The Lead Employer is not a Participating Employer. The Employees of the Lead Employer, in their capacity as such, will be Excluded Employees. (2 ) [Note: If Election (b)(1) above is not chosen, Participating Employers may not modify any Adoption Agreement elections. The Participation Agreement must be consistent with this Election 51(b)(1). Any Participating Employer election in the Participat ion Agreement which is not permitted under this Election 51(b)(1) is of no force or effect and the applicable election in the Adoption Agreement applies.] 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 36 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD EXECUTION PAGE The Employer, by executing this Adoption Agreement, hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan. Employer: Republic Bancorp, Inc. May 18, 2021 Date: Signed: [print name/title] Use of Adoption Agreement. Failure to complete properly the elections in this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Employer's Plan. The Employer only may use this Adoption Agreement in conjunction with the basic plan document referenced by its document number on Adoption Agreement page one. A Money Purchase Pension Plan must be a separate plan (with a separate Adoption Agreement) from a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Plan. Execution for Page Substitution Amendment Only. If this paragraph is completed, this Execution Page documents an amendment to Adoption Agreement Election(s) effective , by substitute Adoption Agreement page number(s) . The Employer should retain all Adoption Agreement Execution Pages and amended pages. [Note: The Effective Date may be retroactive or may be prospective.] Provider. The Provider, Great-West Trust Company, LLC will notify all adopting Employers of any amendment to this Pre-approved Plan or of any abandonment or discontinuance by the Provider of its maintenance of this Pre-approved Plan. For inquiries regarding the adoption of the Pre-approved Plan, the Provider's intended meaning of any Plan provisions or the effect of the Opinion Letter issued to the Provider, please contact the Provider or the Provider's representative Provider Name: Great-West Trust Company, LLC Address: 8515 East Orchard Road, Greenwood Village, Colorado, 80111 Telephone Number: (877) 694-4015 Email address (optional): Reliance on Provider Opinion Letter. The Provider has obtained from the IRS an Opinion Letter specifying the form of this Adoption Agreement and the basic plan document satisfy, as of the date of the Opinion Letter, Code §401. An adopting Employer may rely on the Provider's IRS Opinion Letter only to the extent provided in Rev. Proc. 2017-41. The Employer may not rely on the Opinion Letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the Opinion Letter and in Rev. Proc. 2017-41 or subsequent guidance. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, the Employer must apply for a determination letter to Employee Plans Determinations of the IRS. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 37 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD APPENDIX A SPECIAL RETROACTIVE OR PROSPECTIVE EFFECTIVE DATES SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES (1.20). The Employer elects or does not elect Appendix A special Effective Date(s) as follows. (select (a) or select one or more of (b) through (r) as applicable.): [Note: If the Employer elects (a), do not complete the balance of this Appendix A.] (a) [X] Not applicable. The Employer does not elect any Appendix A special Effective Dates. [Note: The Employer may use this Appendix A to specify an Effective Date for one or more Adoption Agreement elections which does not correspond to the Plan's new Plan or Restated Plan Effective Date under Election 4. As to Restated Plans, for periods prior t o: (i) the below-specified special Effective Date(s); or (ii) the Restated Plan's general Effective Date under Election 4, as applicable, the Plan terms in effect prior to its restatement under this Adoption Agreement control for purposes of the designated provisions. ] (b) [ ] Plan and Contribution Types (1.12). The Contribution Types under Election(s) 5 and 6 are effective: . (c) (d) [ [ ] ] Disability (1.16). The Disability definition under Election 7 is effective: . Excluded Employees (1.22(D)). The Excluded Employee provisions under Election(s) 8 are effective: . (e) [ ] Compensation (1.11). The Compensation definition under Election(s) (specify 9-11 as applicable) are effective: . (f) [ ] Hour of Service/Elective Service Crediting (1.32/1.59(C)). The Hour of Service and/or elective Service crediting provisions under Election(s) (specify 12-13 as applicable) are effective: . (g) [ ] Eligibility (2.01-2.03). The eligibility provisions under Election(s) (specify 14-19 as applicable) are effective: . (h) [ ] Elective Deferrals (3.02(A)-(D)). The Elective Deferral provisions under Election(s) (specify 20-23 as applicable) are effective: . (only applies to 401(k) plans) (i) [ ] Matching Contributions (3.03). The Matching Contribution provisions under Election(s) (specify 24-26 as applicable) are effective: . (only applies to 401(k) plans) (j) [ ] NONELECTIVE AND MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN Contributions (3.04). The NONELECTIVE AND MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN Contribution provisions under Election(s) (specify 27-29 as applicable) are effective: . (k) [ ] 401(k) safe harbor (3.05). The 401(k) safe harbor provisions under Election(s) 30 are effective: . (only applies to 401(k) plans) (l) [ ] Allocation conditions (3.06). The allocation conditions under Election(s) (specify 31-32 as applicable) are effective: . (m) [ ] Forfeitures (3.07). The forfeiture allocation provisions under Election(s) 33 are effective: . (n) [ ] Employee Contributions (3.09). The Employee Contribution provisions under Election(s) 35 are effective: . (o) (p) [ [ ] ] Testing elections (4.06(B)). The testing elections under Election(s) 37 are effective: . Vesting (5.03). The vesting provisions under Election(s) (specify 38-43 as applicable) are effective: . (q) [ ] Distributions (6.01, 6.03 and 6.04). The distribution elections under Election(s) (specify 44-50 as applicable) are effective: . (r) [ ] Special Effective Date(s) for other elections (specify elections and dates): . © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 1 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD APPENDIX B BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT OVERRIDE ELECTIONS BASIC PLAN OVERRIDES. The Employer elects or does not elect to override various basic plan provisions as follows (select (a) or select one or more of (b) through (m) as applicable): [Note: If the Employer elects (a), do not complete the balance of this Appendix B.] (a) [ ] Not applicable. The Employer does not elect to override any basic plan provisions. [Note: The Employer at the time of restating its Plan with this Adoption Agreement may make an election on Appendix A (Election 55(s)) to specify a special Effective Date for any override provision the Employer elects in this Appendix B. If the Employer, after it has executed this Adoption Agreement, later amends its Plan to change any election on this Appendix B, the Employer shou ld document the Effective Date of the Appendix B amendment on the Execution Page or otherwise in the amendment.] (b) [X] (1 ) Definition (Article I) overrides. (choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable): [ ] W-2 Compensation exclusion of paid/reimbursed moving expenses (1.11(B)(1)). W-2 Compensation excludes amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that, at the time of payment, it is reasonable to believe that the Employee may deduct these amounts under Code §217. [ ] Alternative (general) 415 Compensation (1.11(B)(4)). The Employer elects to apply the alternative (general) 415 definition of Compensation in lieu of simplified 415 Compensation. [ ] Inclusion of Deemed 125 Compensation (1.11(C)). Compensation under Section 1.11 includes Deemed 125 Compensation. [ ] Inclusion of Deemed Disability Compensation (1.11(K)). Include Deemed Disability Compensation. (select one of a. or b.): (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) a. b. [ ] NHCEs only. Apply only to disabled NHCEs. [ ] All Participants. Apply to all disabled Participants. The Employer will make Employer Contributions for such disabled Participants for: (specify a fixed or determinable period). [ ] Treatment of Differential Wage Payments (1.11(L)). In lieu of the provisions of Section 1.11(L), the Employer elects the following (select one or more of a., b., c., and d.): (5 ) a. [ ] Effective date. The inclusion is effective for Plan Years beginning after (may not be earlier than December 31, 2008). [ ] Elective Deferrals only. The inclusion only applies to Compensation for purposes of Elective Deferrals. (only applies to 401(k) plans) [ ] Not included. The inclusion does not apply to Compensation for purposes of anyContribution Type. [ ] Other: b. c. d. (specify other Contribution Type Compensation which includes Differential Wage Payments) [ ] Leased Employees (1.22(B)). (select one or both of a. and b.): (6 ) a. [ ] Inclusion of Leased Employees (1.22(B)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Leased Employees: (specify Contribution Types). [ ] Offset if contributions to leasing organization plan (1.22(B)(2)). The Employer will reduce allocations to this Plan for any Leased Employee to the extent that the leasing organization contributes to or provides benefits under a leasing organization plan to or for the Leased Employee and which are attributable to the Leased Employee's services for the Employer. The amount of the offset is as follows: b. [Note: The election of an offset under this Election (b)(6)b. may require that the Employer aggregate its plan with the leasing organization's plan for coverage and nondiscrimination testing.] (7 ) [ ] Inclusion of Reclassified Employees (1.22(D)(3)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Reclassified Employees (or the following categories of Reclassified Employees): (specify Contribution Types and/or categories of Reclassified Employees). [X] Inclusion of Coverage Transition Employees (1.22(D)(6)). Coverage Transition Employees are not Excluded Employees. (8 ) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 1 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (9 ) [X] Part-time/Temporary/Seasonal Employee Specification. The exclusion in Election 8(k) is limited to Employees the Employer categorizes on its payroll records as (select one or more of a., b. or c.): a. b. c. [ ] Part-time. [X] Temporary. [ ] Seasonal. (c) [ ] Rule of parity - participation (Article II) override (2.03(D)). For purposes of Plan participation, the Plan applies the "rule of parity" under Code §410(a)(5)(D). Contribution/allocation (Article III) overrides. (choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable.): [ ] Elective Deferral overrides. (select one or more of a. or b.) (only applies to 401(k) plans) (d) [ ] (1) a. [ ] Deferral limit on bonuses. If the Plan Administrator provides a separate deferral election form for bonuses and/or other irregular compensation (see Section 1.11(G)), notwithstanding Election 20, the maximum amount of such compensation that may be deferred is %. (specify percentage limit.). This limit applies to (select one of 1. or 2.): [ ] All Participants [ ] HCEs Treatment of Automatic Deferrals as Roth Deferrals (3.02(B)). The Employer elects to treat Automatic Deferrals as Roth Deferrals in lieu of treating Automatic Deferrals as Pre-Tax Deferrals. 1. 2. [ ] b (2) [ ] No offset of Safe Harbor Contributions to other allocations (3.05(E)(12)). Any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions allocated to a Participant's account will not be applied toward (offset) any allocation to the Participant of a non-Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. (only applies to 401(k) plans) Short Plan Year or allocation period (3.06(B)(1)(c)). The Plan Administrator (select one of a. or b.): [ ] No pro-ration. Will not pro-rate Hours of Service in any short allocation period. [ ] Pro-ration based on months. Will pro-rate any Hour of Service requirement based on the number of months in the short allocation period. Limited waiver of allocation conditions for rehired Participants (3.06(G)). The allocation conditions the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement do not apply to rehired Participants in the Plan Year they resume participation, as described in Section 3.06(G). Matching overrides. (select one or more of a., b., or c.) (only applies to 401(k) plans) [ ] Matching on Pre-entry Deferrals (3.03(A)). Instead of disregarding pre-entry deferrals, the Plan Administrator will take Elective Deferrals into account in computing Matching Contributions, even if the deferrals were made before the Participant became eligible for the match. [ ] Associated Match forfeiture timing (3.07(A)(1)(c)). Forfeiture of associated matching contributions occurs in the Testing Year. [ ] 403(b) plans (3.03(A)(6)). The Plan will match Elective Deferrals to the Employer's 403(b) plan or plans, as though they were Elective Deferrals to this Plan. [ ] Operational QNECs (3.04(C)(2)). Operational QNECs will be allocated: (select one of 1., 2., or 3. if applicable; select 4. if applicable). (3) [ ] a. b. (4) [ ] (5) [ ] a. b. c. d. 1. 2. 3. [ ] Pro rata in relation to Compensation. [ ] In the same dollar amount without regard to Compensation (flat dollar). [ ] Under the classification allocation method described in Section 3.06(C)(6), subject to the Group Allocation Limitations of Section 3.14. [ ] To NHCE ACP Participants. 4. (6 ) [ ] Forfeiture overrides. (select one or both of a. or b.) (only applies to 401(k) plans) a. [ ] Safe Harbor top-heavy exempt fail-safe (3.07(A)(4)). In lieu of ordering forfeitures as (a), (b), and (c) under Section 3.07(A)(4), the Employer establishes the following forfeiture ordering rules (specify the ordering rules, for example, (b), (c), and (a).): . b. [ ] QNEC Restriction (3.07(A)(7)). The QNEC Restriction will expire on: (may not be earlier than the first Plan Year ending after January 17, 2017.) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 2 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (7 ) [ ] HEART Act continued benefit accrual (3.11(K)). The Employer elects to apply the benefit accrual provisions of Section 3.11(K). The provisions are effective as of (select one or both of a. or b.): a. b. [ ] Effective Date. (may not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year). [ ] No longer effective. The provisions no longer apply effective as of . (8 ) [ ] Classifications allocation formula (3.04(B)(3)). If a Participant shifts from one classification to another during a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator will apportion the Participant's allocation during that Plan Year (select one of a., b., or c.): a. b. c. [ ] Months in each classification. Pro rata based on the number of months the Participant spent in each classification. [ ] Days in each classification. Pro rata based on the number of days the Participant spent in each classification. [ ] One classification only. The Employer in a nondiscriminatory manner will direct the Plan Administrator to place the Participant in only one classification for the entire Plan Year during which the shift occurs. (9 ) [ ] Suspension (3.06(F)(3)). The Plan Administrator in applying Section 3.06(F) will (select one or more of a., b., and c.): a. [ ] Re-order tiers. Apply the suspension tiers in Section 3.06(F)(2) in the following order: (specify order). [ ] Hours of Service tie-breaker. Apply the greatest Hours of Service as the tie-breaker within a suspension tier in lieu of applying the lowest Compensation. [ ] Additional/other tiers. Apply the following additional or other tiers: (specify suspension b. c. tiers and ordering). [X] Testing (Article IV) overrides. (choose one or both of (1) and (2) as applicable): (e) (1 ) [ ] First few weeks rule for Code §415 testing Compensation (4.05(F)(1)). The Plan applies the first few weeks rule in Section 4.05(F)(1). [X] Post-Severance Compensation for Code §415 testing Compensation (4.05(F)). The Employer elects the following adjustments to Post-Severance Compensation for purposes of determining 415 testing Compensation (select one or more of a. through d.): (2 ) [Note: Under the basic plan document, if the Employer does not elect any adjustments, post-severance compensation includes leave cash-outs and deferred compensation, and excludes military and disability continuation payments.] a. b. c. d. [ ] Exclude leave cash-outs. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(b). [X] Exclude deferred compensation. See Section 1.11(I)(1)(c). [ ] Include salary continuation for military service. See Section 1.11(I)(2). [ ] Include salary continuation for disabled Participants. See Section 1.11(I)(3). (select one of 1. or 2.): 1. 2. [ ] For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only. [ ] For all Participants. In which case the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: . (f) [ ] Vesting (Article V) overrides. (choose one or more of (1) through (6) as applicable): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] Early Retirement Age (5.01). Full vesting does not apply when an Employee attains Early Retirement Age. [ ] Alternative "grossed-up" vesting formula (5.03(C)(2)). The Employer elects the alternative vesting formula described in Section 5.03(C)(2). [ ] Source of Cash-Out forfeiture restoration (5.04(B)(5)). To restore a Participant's Account Balance as described in Section 5.04(B)(5), the Plan Administrator, to the extent necessary, will allocate from the following source(s) and in the following order (specify, in order, one or more of the following: Forfeitures, Earnings, and/or Employer Contribution): . (3 ) (4 ) [ ] Deemed Cash-Out of 0% Vested Participant (5.04(C)). The deemed cash-out rule of Section 5.04(C) does not apply to the Plan. [ ] Accounting for Cash-Out repayment; Contribution Type (5.04(D)(2)). In lieu of the accounting described in Section 5.04(D)(2), the Plan Administrator will account for a Participant's Account Balance attributable to a Cash-Out repayment (select one of a. or b.): (5 ) a. b. [ ] Nonelective rule. Under the nonelective rule. [ ] Rollover rule. Under the rollover rule. (6 ) [ ] One-year hold-out rule - vesting (5.06(D)). The one-year hold-out Break in Service rule under Code §411(a)(6)(B) applies. © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 3 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (g) [X] Distribution (Article VI) overrides. (choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable): (1 ) [ ] Restriction on In-Service Rollover Distributions (6.01(C)). A Participant will be entitled to receive a distribution of Rollover Contributions, Employee Contributions and DECs (Select one or more of a. through d.): a. b. c. d. [ ] Deferrals. Under the same provisions which apply to Elective Deferrals. (only applies to 401(k) plans) [ ] Match. Under the same provisions which apply to Matching Contributions. (only applies to 401(k) plans) [ ] Nonelective. Under the same provisions which apply to Nonelective Contributions. [ ] Other: [Note: The Employer under Election (g)(1)d. may describe In-Service Rollover Distribution restrictions using the options available for In - Service Distributions under Election 46 and/or a combination thereof as to all Participants or as to any Participant group (e.g., Division A Rollover Accounts are distributable at age 59 1/2 OR Rollover Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributabl e at age 59 1/2. No In-Service Rollover Distributions apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date). An Employer's election under Election (g)(1)d. must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Pro tected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Sections 6.01(C)(4) and 11.02(C)(3).] (2 ) [ ] In-Service IRR events. The Employer elects to permit In-Service Distributions under the following conditions solely for purposes of making IRRs (choose one or more of a. through d.; select e. if applicable.): (only applies to 401(k) plans) a. b. [ [ ] ] Age. The Participant has attained age . Participation. The Participant has months of participation (specify minimum of 60 months). Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(ii). Seasoning. The amounts being distributed have accumulated in the Plan for at least years (at least 2). See c. [ ] Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(i). Other (describe): (must be definitely determinable and d. [ ] not subject to Employer discretion (e.g., age 50, but only with respect to Nonelective Contributions, and not Matching Contributions)) [Note: Regardless of any election above to the contrary, In-Service Distributions are not permitted for the purpose of making IRRs from a Participant's Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account and accounts attributable to Safe Harbor Contributions prior to age 59 1/2.] e. [ ] Distribution for withholding. A Participant may elect to have a portion of the amount that may be distributed as IRR distributed solely for purposes of federal or state income tax withholding related to the IRR. (3 ) [ ] Elections related to Required Minimum Distributions. (select one or more of a. or b.): a. b. [ ] Spousal override. (6.02(B)(1)(a)). The special RMD timing rule for spouses will not apply. [ ] RBD definition (6.02(E)(7)(c)). In lieu of the RBD definition in Section 6.02(E)(7)(a) and (b), the Plan Administrator (select one of 1. or 2.): 1. 2. [ ] SBJPA definition indefinitely. Indefinitely will apply the pre-SBJPA RBD definition. [ ] SBJPA definition to specified date. Will apply the pre-SBJPA definition until (the stated date may not be earlier than January 1, 1997), and thereafter will apply the RBD definition in Sections 6.02(E)(7)(a) and (b). Distribution Methods (select one or both of a. and b.) [X] Default Distribution Methods (6.03(B)(2)). If a Participant or Beneficiary does not make a timely election as to distribution method and timing the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute using the following method and timing: Installments sufficient to satisfy RMD beginning at the Required Beginning Date. (4 ) [X] a. (Describe, e.g., Installments sufficient to satisfy RMD beginning at the Required Beginning Date. The selected method and timing must not be discriminatory and must be an option the plan makes available to participants and/or beneficiaries.) [ ] Beneficiary Distribution Methods (6.03(A)(2)). The Plan will distribute to the Beneficiary under the following distribution method(s). If more than one method is elected, the Beneficiary may choose the method of distribution (select one or more of 1. through 4.): b. 1. 2. [ ] Lump-Sum. See Section 6.03(A)(3). [ ] Installments sufficient to satisfy RMD. See Section 6.03(A)(4)(a). © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 4 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD 3. 4. [ ] Partial Distributions sufficient to satisfy RMD. See Section 6.03(A)(6). [ ] Other: (Describe, e.g., Lump-Sum or Installments for surviving spouse Beneficiaries, Lump-Sum only for all other Beneficiaries.) [ ] Annuity Distributions (6.04). (select one or both of a. and b.): (5 ) a. [ ] Modification of QJSA (6.04(A)(3)). The Survivor Annuity percentage will be %. (specify a percentage between 50% and 100%.) [ ] Modification of QPSA (6.04(B)(2)). The QPSA percentage will be %. (specify a percentage between 50% b. and 100%.) [X] Hardship Distributions (6.07). (select one or both of a. and b.): (6 ) a. [X] Restriction on hardship source; grandfathering (6.07(E)). The hardship distribution limit includes grandfathered amounts. (only applies to 401(k) plans) [ ] Hardship acceleration. The existence of a hardship occurring after Separation from Service/Severance from Employment will be determined under the non-safe harbor rules of Section 6.07(B). b. (7 ) [ ] Replacement of $5,000 amount (6.09). All Plan references (except in Sections 3.10 and 3.12(C)(2)) to "$5,000" will be $ . (specify an amount less than $5,000.) (h) [X] (1 ) Administrative overrides (Article VII). (choose one or more of (1) through (8) as applicable): [ ] Contributions prior to accrual or precise determination (7.04(B)(5)(b)). The Plan Administrator will allocate Earnings described in Section 7.04(B)(5)(b) as follows (select one of a., b., or c.): a. [ ] Treat as contribution. Treat the Earnings as an Employer Matching or Nonelective Contribution and allocate accordingly. [ ] Balance forward. Allocate the Earnings using the balance forward method described in Section 7.04(B)(4)(b). [ ] Weighted average. Allocate the Earnings on Matching Contributions using the weighted average method in a manner similar to the method described in Section 7.04(B)(4)(d). b. c. (2 ) [ ] Automatic revocation of spousal designation (7.05(A)(1)). The automatic revocation of a spousal Beneficiary designation in the case of divorce does not apply. [ ] Limitation on frequency of Beneficiary designation changes (7.05(A)(4)). Except in the case of a Participant incurring a major life event, a period of at least must elapse between Beneficiary designation changes. (3 ) (specify a period of time, e.g., 90 days OR 12 months.) [ ] Definition of "spouse" (7.05(A)(5)). The following definition of "spouse" applies: (specify a (4 ) definition.) [Note: Definition of "spouse" will apply for all Plan purposes other than Section 3.08(E) related to In-Plan Roth Rollover Contributions, Section 6.02 related to required minimum distributions, and Sections 6.04 and 7.05(A)(3) related to QJSAs, QPS As, and related spousal rights. For example, the elected definition will apply to the determination of default beneficiary designations.] (5 ) [X] Administration of default provision; default Beneficiaries (7.05(C)). The following list of default Beneficiaries will apply: First to the Participant's spouse, then to the Participant's estate (specify, in order, one or more Beneficiaries who will receive the interest of a deceased Participant.) [ ] Subsequent restoration of forfeiture-sources and ordering (7.07(A)(3)). Restoration of forfeitures will come from the following sources, in the following order (specify, in order, one or more of the following: (6 ) Forfeitures, Employer Contribution, Trust Fund Earnings.) [ ] State law (7.10(H)). The law of the following state will apply: (specify one of the 50 states or (7 ) the District of Columbia, or other appropriate legal jurisdiction, such as a territory of the United States or an Indian tribal government.) [ ] Fee Recapture Account (7.04(D)). The Plan Administrator will allocate excess funds in the Fee Recapture Account as follows: (select one of a., b., or c.): (8 ) a. [ ] Each Participant Account will receive an allocation based on the funds in which that Account was invested and the revenue sharing rates associated with those funds. [ ] The excess funds will be allocated pro rata based on account balance. [ ] The excess funds will be allocated per capita among Participants with Account Balances greater than zero, without regard to the amount of the Account Balance. b. c. © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 5 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (i)[ ] Trust and insurance overrides (Articles VIII and IX). (choose one or more of (1) through (2) if applicable): (1 ) [ ] Employer securities/real property in Profit Sharing Plans/401(k) Plans (8.05(A)). The Plan limit on investment in qualifying Employer securities/real property is %. (specify a percentage which is less than 100%.) (2 ) [ ] Provisions relating to insurance and insurance company (9.08). The following provisions apply: (specify such language as necessary to accommodate life insurance Contracts the Plan holds.) [Note: The provisions in this Election (i)(2) may override provisions in Article IX of the Plan but must be consistent with al l other provisions of the Plan.] (j) [ ] Top-heavy override (Article X) overrides. (1 ) [ ] Key Employee allocations (10.02(A)). Top-heavy minimum allocations will be made to Key Employees, as well as Non-Key Employees. [ ] Collective Bargaining Agreement (10.02(A). Employees subject to the following collective bargaining agreements are eligible to receive top-heavy minimum allocations notwithstanding Code §41(i)(4): . (2 ) (k) [ ] Code Section 415 (Article XI) override (11.02(A)(1), 4.02(F)). Because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, to satisfy Code §415, the following overriding provisions apply: (specify such language as necessary to satisfy §415, e.g., the Employer will reduce Additional Additions to this plan before reducing Annual Additions to other plans.) [ ] Code Section 416 (Article XI) override (11.02(A)(1), 10.03(D)). Because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, to satisfy Code §416, the following overriding provisions apply: (l) (specify such language as necessary to satisfy §416, e.g., If an Employee participates in this Plan and another Plan the Employer maintains, the Employer will satisfy any Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation in this Plan and not the other plan.) [ ] Multiple Employer Plan (Article XII) overrides. (choose (1) if applicable): (m) (1 ) [ ] No involuntary termination for Participating Employer (12.11). The Lead Employer may not involuntarily terminate the participation of any Participating Employer under Section 12.11. © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 6 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD APPENDIX C TABLE I: ACTUARIAL FACTORS UP-1984 Without Setback Number of years from attained age at the end of Plan Year until Normal Retirement Age 7.50% 8.00% 8.50% 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 8.458 7.868 7.319 6.808 6.333 5.891 5.480 5.098 4.742 4.412 4.104 3.817 3.551 3.303 3.073 2.859 2.659 2.474 2.301 2.140 1.991 1.852 1.723 1.603 1.491 1.387 1.290 1.200 1.116 1.039 0.966 0.899 0.836 0.778 0.723 0.673 0.626 0.582 0.542 0.504 0.469 0.436 0.406 0.377 0.351 0.327 8.196 7.589 7.027 6.506 6.024 5.578 5.165 4.782 4.428 4.100 3.796 3.515 3.255 3.014 2.790 2.584 2.392 2.215 2.051 1.899 1.758 1.628 1.508 1.396 1.293 1.197 1.108 1.026 0.950 0.880 0.814 0.754 0.698 0.647 0.599 0.554 0.513 0.475 0.440 0.407 0.377 0.349 0.323 0.299 0.277 0.257 7.949 7.326 6.752 6.223 5.736 5.286 4.872 4.491 4.139 3.815 3.516 3.240 2.986 2.752 2.537 2.338 2.155 1.986 1.831 1.687 1.555 1.433 1.321 1.217 1.122 1.034 0.953 0.878 0.810 0.746 0.688 0.634 0.584 0.538 0.496 0.457 0.422 0.389 0.358 0.330 0.304 0.280 0.258 0.238 0.219 0.202 Note: A Participant's Actuarial Factor under Table I is the factor corresponding to the number of years until the Participant reaches his/her Normal Retirement Age under the Plan. A Participant's age as of the end of the current Plan Year is his/her age on his/her la st birthday. For any Plan Year beginning on or after the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the factor for "zero" years applies. © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 1 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD APPENDIX C TABLE II: ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUARIAL FACTORS FOR NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE OTHER THAN 65 UP-1984 Without Setback Normal Retirement Age 7.50% 8.00% 8.50% 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 1.2242 1.2043 1.1838 1.1627 1.1411 1.1188 1.0960 1.0726 1.0488 1.0246 1.0000 0.9752 0.9502 0.9251 0.8998 0.8740 0.8478 0.8214 0.7946 0.7678 0.7409 0.7140 0.6874 0.6611 0.6349 0.6090 1.2147 1.1959 1.1764 1.1563 1.1357 1.1144 1.0925 1.0700 1.0471 1.0237 1.0000 0.9760 0.9518 0.9274 0.9027 0.8776 0.8520 0.8261 0.7999 0.7735 0.7470 0.7205 0.6942 0.6682 0.6423 0.6165 1.2058 1.1879 1.1694 1.1503 1.1305 1.1101 1.0891 1.0676 1.0455 1.0229 1.0000 0.9767 0.9533 0.9296 0.9055 0.8810 0.8561 0.8307 0.8049 0.7790 0.7529 0.7268 0.7008 0.6751 0.6494 0.6238 Note: Use Table II only if the Normal Retirement Age for any Participant is not 65. If a Participant's Normal Retirement Age is not 65, adjust Table I by multiplying all factors applicable to that Participant in Table I by the appropriate Table II factor. © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 2 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD PPD ADOPTION AGREEMENT ADMINISTRATIVE CHECKLIST May 1, 2021 This Administrative Checklist ("AC") is not part of the Adoption Agreement or Plan but is for the use of the Plan Administrator in administering the Plan. Relius software also uses the AC and the following Supporting Forms Checklist ("SFC") in preparing the Plan's SPD and some administrative forms, such as the Loan Policy, if applicable. The plan document preparer need not complete the AC but may find it useful to do so. However, without the AC, the Summary Plan Description and perhaps other documents will not be complete. The preparer may modify the AC, including adding items, without affecting reliance on the Plan's opinion or advisory letter since the AC is not part of the approved Plan. Any change to this AC is not a Plan amendment and is not subject to any Plan provision or to Applicable Law regarding the timing or form of Plan amendments. Howe ver, the Plan Administrator's administration of any AC item must be in accordance with applicable Plan terms and with Applicable Law. The AC reflects the Plan policies and operation as of the date set forth above and may also reflect Plan policies and operation pre-dating the specified date. AC1. PLAN LOANS (7.06). The Plan permits or does not permit Participant Loans as follows (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) [ ] Does not permit. (skip to AC2.) (b) [X] Permitted pursuant to the Loan Policy. See below to complete Loan Policy. Complete the following questions to provide information on the Loan Policy (optional ) (c) [ ] Borrower qualification (choose one) (1 ) [ ] No investigation (2 ) [ ] Must be creditworthy Loan limitations (choose one or more) (d) (e) (f) [ ] Minimum amount. May not borrow less than $1,000 in any single loan. [ ] Maximum number of loans. May not have more than loan(s) outstanding. [ ] Refinancing (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] Not permitted (2 ) [ ] Permitted. A refinance for purposes of the limit on number of loans is: (select one of a. or b.) a. [ ] Not treated as an additional loan b. [ ] Treated as an additional loan [ ] Purpose (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] Any reasonable purpose (2 ) [ ] May not borrow except for: (g) (h) [ ] Account ordering. Loan will come first from (Roth, pre-tax deferrals or other accounts): (select one of (1), (2) or (3)) (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [ ] Participant's choice [ ] Plan Administrator's choice [ ] As follows: (select one of more of a., b. or c.) a. b. c. [ [ [ ] ] ] first: second: third: Loan terms (choose one or more) (i) [ ] Interest (select one of (1), (2) or (3)) (1 ) [ ] 2% over USA Today prime (2) [ ] % (3) [ ] Plan Administrator establishes [ ] Home loan term (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] years (2 ) [ ] Plan Administrator establishes [ ] Directed/general Trust investment (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] Directed (2 ) [ ] General [ ] Charges (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] apply to borrower's account (2 ) [ ] apply to overall Trust or Employer pays [ ] Loan acceleration. Upon the following: (select one or more of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] Separation/severance. Not applicable to parties in interest. (2 ) [ ] Plan termination (j) (k) (l) (m) 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 1 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (n) [ ] Leave of absence (select one or more of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] Military (select one of a. or b.) a. [ ] Suspend payments b. [ ] Not suspend (2 ) [ ] Non-military (select one of a. or b.) a. [ ] Suspend payments b. [ ] Not suspend Additional loan provisions (choose one or more) (o) [ ] Grace period (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] Maximum grace period applies (2 ) [ ] No grace period [ ] Includes false statements [ ] No new loan if: (select one of (1) or (2)) (1 ) [ ] Current default (2 ) [ ] Current or prior default (p) (q) AC2. PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT (7.03(B)). The Plan permits Participant direction of investment or does not permit Participant direction of investment as to some or all Accounts as follows (select one of (a) or (b)): (a) [ ] Does not permit. The Plan does not permit Participant direction of investment of any Account. (skip to AC3.) (b) [X] Permitted as follows. The Plan permits Participant direction of investment. (Complete the following): Accounts affected. (select one of (c) or (d)): (c) [X] All Accounts. (d) [ ] The following accounts: (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) [ ] Elective Deferral Accounts (Pre-tax and Roth) and Employee Contributions. [ ] All Nonelective Contribution Accounts. [ ] All Matching Contribution Accounts. [ ] All Rollover Contribution and Transfer Accounts. [ ] Specify Accounts: Restrictions on Participant direction (select one of (e) or (f)): (e) [ ] None. Provided the investment does not result in a prohibited transaction, give rise to UBTI, create administrative problems or violate the Plan terms or Applicable Law. (f) [ ] Restrictions: ERISA §404(c). (select one of (g) or (h)): (g) [X] Applies. (h) [ ] Does not apply. QDIA (Qualified Default Investment Alternative). (select one of (i) or (j)): (i)[X] Applies. See SFC Election 122 for details. (j) [ ] Does not apply. AC3. ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS (3.08). The Plan permits or does not permit Rollover Contributions as follows (select one of (a) or (b).): (a) [ ] Does not permit. (skip to AC4.) (b) [X] Permits. Subject to approval by the Plan Administrator and as further described below (complete the following): Who may roll over. (select one of (c) or (d)): (c) [ ] Participants only. (d) [X] Eligible Employees or Participants. Sources/Types. The Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution (select one of (e) or (f)): (e) [X] All. From any Eligible Retirement Plan and as to all Contribution Types eligible to be rolled into this Plan. (f) [ ] Limited. Only from the following types of Eligible Retirement Plans and/or as to the following Contribution Types: . AC4. PLAN EXPENSES (7.04(C)). The Employer will pay or the Plan will be charged with non-settlor Plan expenses as follows (select one of (a) or (b).): (a) [ ] Employer pays. Employer pays all expenses except those intrinsic to Trust assets which the Plan will pay (e.g., brokerage commissions). (b) [X] Plan pays. Plan pays some or all non-settlor expenses. See SFC Election 119 for details. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 2 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD AC5. RELATED AND PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS/MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN (1.24(C)/(D)). There are Related Employers and Participating Employers as follows (choose one or more if applicable): (a) (b) [ ] Related Employers. Name(s) of Related Employers: [X] Participating Employers. Name(s) of Participating Employers: Republic Bank & Trust Company See SFC Election 76 for details. [ ] Former Participating Employers. Name(s) of former Participating Employers (c) Name(s) Date of cessation (d) [ ] Multiple Employer Plan status. The Signatory Employer is the Lead Employer and at least one Participating Employer is not a Related Employer. (complete (1)) (1 ) [ ] Name(s) of Participating Employers (other than Related Employers described above): . See SFC Election 76 for details. AC6. TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM-MULTIPLE PLANS (10.03). If the Employer maintains another plan, this Plan provides that the Plan Administrator operationally will determine in which plan the Employer will satisfy the Top -Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit) requirement as to Non-Key Employees who participate in such plans and who are entitled to a Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit). This Election documents the Plan Administrator's operational election. (select (a) or select one of (b) or (c).): (a) (b) [X] Does not apply. [ ] If only another Defined Contribution Plan. Make the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation (choose one of (1) or (2).): (1 ) [ ] To this Plan. (2 ) [ ] To another Defined Contribution Plan: (plan name) (c) [ ] If one or more Defined Benefit Plans. Make the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation or provide the top-heavy minimum benefit (choose one of (1), (2), or (3).): (1 ) (2 ) [ ] To this Plan. Increase the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5%. [ ] To another Defined Contribution Plan. Increase the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5% and provide under the: (name of other Defined Contribution Plan). (3 ) [ ] To a Defined Benefit Plan. Provide the 2% top-heavy minimum benefit under the: (name of Defined Benefit Plan) and applying the following interest rate and mortality assumptions: . AC7. SELF-EMPLOYED PARTICIPANTS (1.22(A)). There is one or more self-employed Participants with Earned Income benefits in the Plan as follows (choose (a) if applicable): (a) [X] Applies. AC8. PROTECTED BENEFITS (11.02(C)). The following Protected Benefits no longer apply to all Participants or do not apply to designated amounts/Participants as indicated, having been eliminated by a Plan amendment (select one of (a) or (b).): (a) [X] Does not apply. No Protected Benefits have been eliminated. (b) [ ] Applies. Protected Benefits have been eliminated as follows (select one or more of rows (1) through (4) as applicable; select one of columns (1), (2), or (3), and complete column (4).): (1) All Participants/ Accounts (2) Post-E.D. Contribution Accounts only [ ] [ ] [ ] (3) Post-E.D. Participants only [ ] [ ] [ ] (4) Effective Date (E.D.) (1) [ ] QJSA/QPSA distributions (2) [ ] Installment distributions (3) [ ] In-kind distributions [ [ [ ] ] ] (4 ) [ ] Specify: AC9. LIFE INSURANCE (9.01). The Trust invests or does not invest in life insurance Contracts as follows (select one of (a) or (b).): (a) [X] Does not apply. (b) [ ] Applies. Subject to the limitations and other provisions in Article IX and/or Appendix B. AC10. DISTRIBUTION OF CASH OR PROPERTY (8.04). The Plan provides for distribution in the form of (select one of (a) or (b).): (a) [ ] Cash only. Except where property distribution is required or permitted under Section 8.04. (b) [X] Cash or property. At the distributee's election and consistent with any Plan Administrator policy under Section 8.04. AC11. EMPLOYER SECURITIES/EMPLOYER REAL PROPERTY (8.02(A)(13)). The Trust invests in qualifying Employer securities and/or qualifying Employer real property as follows (choose (a) if applicable): (a) [X] Applies. Such investments are subject to the limitations of Section 8.02(A)(13) and/or Appendix B. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 3 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD AC12. TRUSTEE(S) OR INSURER(S). Information regarding Trustee(s)/Insurer(s) (required for the Summary Plan Description and, if requested, the Trust Agreement) (NOTE: Select a. if not using provided trust. MUST select b and following questions as applicable): (a) [X] Do not produce the trust agreement (b) [X] Complete the following UNLESS not selecting supporting forms: Trustee/Insurer (select (c) OR one or more of (d) - (e)) (c) [ ] Insurer. This Plan is funded exclusively with Contracts (select (1) – (4) below as applicable, then skip to (o)): Name of Insurer(s) (1) (2) (3) (4) [ [ [ ] ] ] Use Employer address/telephone number/email [ ] Use following address/telephone number/email (a) Street: (b ) City: (c) State: (d ) Zip: (e) Telephone: (f) Email: (d) (e) [ ] Individual Trustee(s) [X] Corporate Trustee Name of Trust (f) [ ] Specify name of Trust Individual Trustees (if d. selected above, complete (g) - (j)) Directed/Discretionary Trustees. The individual Trustee(s) executing this Adoption Agreement are (select (g) or (h)) (g) [ ] Select for each individual Trustee (skip to next question) (h) [ ] The following selections apply to all individual Trustee(s) (select 1. or 2. OR all that apply of 3. and 4.) 1. [ 2. [ 3. [ ] ] ] A discretionary Trustee over all plan assets (may not be selected with 2. - 4.) A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee over all plan assets (may not be selected with 1., 3. or 4.) The individual Trustee(s) will serve as a discretionary Trustee over the following assets: (may not be selected with 1. or 2.) The individual Trustee(s) will serve as a nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee over the following assets: (may not be selected with 1. or 2.) 4. [ ] Individual Trustee(s) (i) [ ] Individual Trustee(s) are (select one or more of (a) - (j); enter address at (j) below) (a) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (b) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (c) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 4 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (d) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (e) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (f) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (g) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (h) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (i) Name Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (j) Name 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 5 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD Title/Email: (1 ) Title (2 ) Email (optional) Trustee is: (complete if (g) selected above; select (3) or (4) OR all that apply of (5) and (6)) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] Discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] Nondiscretionary Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian over the following plan assets (j)[ ] Individual Trustee Address (complete if d. selected above) (1 ) [ ] Use Employer address/telephone number/email (2 ) [ ] Use following address/telephone number/email a. b. c. d. e. f. Street: City: State: Zip: Telephone: Email: Corporate Trustee Name/Type/Address (complete if (e) selected above) (k) [X] Name Great-West Trust Company, LLC Address/telephone number/email (1 ) [ ] Use Employer address/telephone number/email (2 ) [X] Use following address/telephone number/email a. b. Street: 8515 East Orchard Road City: Greenwood Village c.State: Colorado d. e. f. Zip: 80111 Telephone: (877) 694-4015 Email: Directed/Discretionary. The Corporate Trustee is (select 1. or 2. OR all that apply of 3. and 4.) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) [ ] A discretionary Trustee over all plan assets [X] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee over all plan assets [ ] A discretionary Trustee over the following plan assets: [ ] A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee over the following plan assets Signee (optional): (7 ) [ ] Name of person signing on behalf of the corporate Trustee (8 ) [ ] Email address of person signing on behalf of the corporate Trustee Special Trustee for collection of contributions. The Employer appoints the following Special Trustee with the responsibility to collect delinquent contributions (optional) (l)[ ] Name Title: (1) Address/telephone number/email (2 ) [ ] Use Employer address/telephone number/email (3 ) [ ] Use following address/telephone number/email a. b. c. d. e. f. Street: City: State: Zip: Telephone: Email: Custodian(s) Name/Address. The Custodian(s) are (optional) (m) [ ] Name(s) Address/telephone number/email (1 ) [ ] Use Employer address/telephone number/email (2 ) [ ] Use following address/telephone number/email a. b. c. d. e. f. Street: City: State: Zip: Telephone: Email: 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 6 |
|
Non-Standardized Defined Contribution - PPD Investment in common, collective or pooled trust funds. The nondiscretionary Trustee, as directed or the discretionary Trustee acting without direction (and in addition to the discretionary Trustee's authority to invest in its own funds), may invest in any of the following trust funds: (optional) (n) [ ] (specify the names of one or more trust funds in which the Plan can invest) Choice of law (o) [ ] This trust will be governed by the laws of the state of: (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) [ [ [ ] State in which the Employer's principal office is located ] State in which the corporate trustee or insurer is located ] Other 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 7 |
|
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT [Note: Each Participating Employer must execute a separate Participation Agreement, the terms of which control as to that Part icipating Employer. If the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan under Article XII, a Participating Employer may be a Related Employer or an Employer which is a Related Employer. Under a Multiple Employer Plan, the Lead Employer may execute a Participation Agreement with regards to its own employees. See Section 12.02(B).] Agreement as to Signatory/Lead Employer control. The undersigned Related Employer (or non-Related Employer if this Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan), by executing this Participation Agreement, elects to become a Participating Employer in t he Plan identified in the foregoing Adoption Agreement. The Participating Employer accepts, and agrees to be bound by, all of the Elections as made by the Signatory/Lead Employer except as otherwise indicated below. The Participating Employer also hereby consents to the Signatory/Lead Employer's sole authority (without further signature or other action by the Participating Employer) to amend, to restate or to terminate the Plan, to terminate the Participating Employer' s participation in the Plan, and to take certain other actions, in accordance with Sections 1.24(A) and 12.11 as applicable. A. PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER INFORMATION a. b. Name: Republic Bank & Trust Company Address: Street City State Zip c. d. e. Telephone: Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 61-01797400 Fiscal Year end: B. PLAN STATUS. (Choose one.): f. g. [ ] New plan for Participating Employer [X] Modification of existing Participation Agreement (i.e., plan restatement (without merger) or Employer’s cessation of participation) [ ] Restatement and merger (e.g., existing plan is joining group) h. C. EFFECTIVE DATE(S) (complete i. if new plan (f); complete i. AND either j. or l. if modification (g); complete i. and k. if plan is being restated and merged (h)) i. j. k. [X] Initial Effective Date of Plan. January 1, 1984 (enter month day, year) [X] Modification/Restatement Effective Date. May 1, 2021 [ ] Restatement and Merger Effective Date Restatement Effective Date. (enter month day, year) 1. Name of plan being merged into this Plan: l. [ ] Cessation. The Participating Employer is ceasing its participation in the Plan effective as of: . Different elections or special Effective Dates. (Choose one.): 1. [X] None. There are no different elections or special Effective Dates which apply to the Participating Employer. 2. [ ] Applies. As to the Participating Employer, the following elections apply (or do not apply) which are different (or have different Effective Dates) than the elections applicable to the Signatory/Lead Employer. The Participating Employer may attach additional pages as needed to indicate modified elections. Election number Applies Does not apply Completion of election blanks (as necessary) Effective Date [ [ [ ] ] ] [ ] [ ] [ ] PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER: Republic Bank & Trust Company May 18, 2021 By: DATE SIGNED SIGNATORY EMPLOYER: Republic Bancorp, Inc. May 18, 2021 By: DATE SIGNED 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers |
|
AMENDMENT TO IMPLEMENT HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS OF THE BIPARTISAN BUDGET ACT OF 2018 REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC. 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN ARTICLE I PREAMBLE 1 .1 Adoption and effective date of Amendment. The Document Provider, on behalf of the Employer, hereby adopts this Amendment to the Employer's Plan. Except as otherwise specified in this Amendment, this Amendment is effective ("the Effective Date") on the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2018, or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter, and in no event later than the Latest Effective Date. If the Plan, prior to this Amendment, does not provide for hardship distributions, then this Amendment will be void and of no effect. 1 .2 Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, terms defined in the Plan will have the same meaning in this Amendment. 1 .3 Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any "Section" reference in this Amendment refers only to this Amendment and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section numbering in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to the Plan article, section, or other numbering designations. 1 .4 Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan using the Document Provider's pre-approved plan based on The Cumulative List of Changes in Plan Qualification Requirements for Pre-approved Defined Contribution Plans for 2017 (Notice 2017-37) or any earlier Cumulative List, then this Amendment shall remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or otherwise become obsolete (e.g., if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates these provisions). 1 .5 Adoption by Document Provider. The Document Provider hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all of the Document Provider's plans adopted by its adopting employers. The adoption by the Document Provider becomes applicable with respect to an Employer's Plan on the Effective Date (or, if later, the Effective Date of the Plan), unless the Employer individually adopts this Amendment, or an alternative amendment, prior to the expiration of the remedial amendment period relating to this Amendment. ARTICLE II ELECTIONS Instructions: Complete the elections at Sections 2.1 and 2.2. Unless this Amendment is signed by the Employer, the default elections in Section 2.3 will apply. If the Employer is satisfied with those defaults and the Document Provider's elections in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, the Employer does not need to execute this Amendment. Otherwise, the Employer must complete the elections at Sections 2.1 and 2.2 , may complete one or more of Sections 2.4 through 2.7 in order to override the default elections in Amendment Section 2.3, and must execute the amendment. 2 .1 Termination of deferral suspension. Hardship distributions made on or after the Effective Date will not trigger a suspension of Elective Deferrals, pursuant to Section 3.1(c). If a Participant received a hardship distribution before the Effective Date, and therefore Elective Deferrals were suspended, will the Participant be able to resume deferrals as soon as practical after the Effective Date? a.[ ] YES. Beginning on the Effective Date, Elective Deferrals will not be suspended on account of a hardship distribution, regardless of the date of the distribution. NO. The Participant's suspension of Elective Deferrals begun before the Effective Date will continue as originally scheduled. b.[X] 2 .2 Expansion of sources available for a hardship distribution. Pursuant to Amendment Section 3.2, are QNECs and QMACs available for hardship distributions? a.[X] b.[ ] YES. QNECs and QMACs are availablefor hardship distributions. NO. QNECs and QMACs are not available for hardship distributions. 2 .3 Default Provisions. The following provisions apply except to the extent the Employer makes a different election in one or more of Sections 2.4 through 2.7 and executes the Amendment. 1. After the Effective Date, Participants do not need to take plan loans before taking hardship distributions. 2. After the Effective Date, earnings on Elective Deferrals may be withdrawn on account of a hardship. 3. Hardship needs include residential casualty losses (without regard to whether the casualty was in a federally declared disaster area) and Disaster Losses, effective January 1, 2018 or as soon as practical thereafter. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 1 |
|
4. The Effective Date is the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2018, or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter, and in no event later than the Latest Effective Date. Skip Sections 2.4 through 2.7 if you accept the default provisions listed in Section 2.3. Any entry in Sections 2.4 through 2 .7 will override those defaults. 2 .4 Loan Requirement. The provisions of Amendment Section 3.1(b), requiring recipients of hardship distributions to take available nontaxable loans, will NOT apply unless selected below: a. [ ] Amendment Section 3.1(b) APPLIES (i.e., Participants are required to obtain a Plan loan) indefinitely, unless and until the Plan is further amended. 2 .5 Expansion of sources available for a hardship distribution. Earnings on amounts attributable to Elective Deferrals are available for hardship distribution, unless selected below: a. [ ] Earnings on amounts attributable to Elective Deferrals are NOT available for hardship distributions. 2 .6 Hardship needs/events. The provisions of Amendment Sections 3.3 (relating to residential casualty losses) and 3.4 (relating to Disaster Losses) apply as of January 1, 2018, or as soon as practical thereafter, unless otherwise elected below. a.[ ] Amendment Section 3.3 will NOT apply (and so casualty losses are limited to federally declared disasters, pursuant to Code §165(h)). Amendment Section 3.4 will NOT apply (and so the Plan will not make hardship distributions on account of Disaster Losses). b.[ ] 2 .7 Effective Dates. Unless otherwise selected below, the Effective Date is the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2018, or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter, and in no event later than the Latest Effective Date. Except as otherwise specified in this Amendment, all provisions are effective on the Effective Date. a. [ ] Other general Effective Date: (may not be earlier than the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2019 or after the Latest Effective Date). Special Effective Date for AmendmentSection 2.2a: [Enter a special effective date, no sooner than the first b. [ ] day of the 2019 Plan Year.] Special Effective Date for AmendmentSection 2.3a: [Enter a special effective date, no sooner than the first c. [ ] day of the 2019 Plan Year.] Special Effective Date for Amendment Section 2.3b: January 1, 2020 [Enter a special effective date no sooner than the d. [X] first day of the 2019 Plan Year.] Special Effective Date for AmendmentSection 2.3c: [Enter a special effective date for the expansion of e. [ ] hardship needs/events, no sooner than January 1, 2018.] ARTICLE III DISTRIBUTION BASED ON HARDSHIP 3 .1 Modification of hardship necessity provisions. a. The Necessity Provisions of the Plan are repealed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.1, the Plan will not make a hardship distribution to a Participant unless the Participant has obtained all other currently available distributions (including distributions of ESOP dividends under section Code §404(k), but not hardship distributions) under the plan and all other plans of deferred compensation, whether qualified or nonqualified, maintained by the Employer. In addition, for a distribution that is made on or after the Latest Effective Date (or such earlier date as the Plan Administrator has implemented the procedure), the Participant must certify (in writing, by an electronic medium as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)-21(e)(3), or in such other form as authorized in IRS guidance) that he or she has insufficient cash or other liquid assets reasonably available to satisfy the need. b.If and only if elected in Amendment Section 2.4, before a hardship distribution may be made, a Participant must obtain all nontaxable loans (determined at the time a loan is made) available under the plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer. c. The Plan will not suspend the Participant from making Elective Deferrals on account of receipt of a hardship distribution. This provision will apply to hardship distributions made after the Effective Date. Under Amendment Section 2.1, it may also apply, as of the Effective Date, to certain suspensions of Elective Deferrals on account of receipt of a hardship distribution prior to the Effective Date. 3 .2 Modification of amounts that may be withdrawn on account of a hardship. Except as otherwise elected in Amendment Sections 2.2 and 2.5, earnings on Elective Deferrals, QNECs, and QMACs (and the earnings thereon) may be withdrawn on account of a hardship. The hardship provisions set forth in the Plan, except as modified by this Amendment, continue to apply. 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 2 |
|
3 .3 Residential casualty loss. Except as otherwise provided in Amendment Section 2.6, effective January 1, 2018 or as soon as practical thereafter, to the extent the Plan permits hardship distributions for expenses to repair damage to the Participant's principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code §165, such amounts will be determined without regard to Code §165(h)(5). 3 .4 Disaster loss. If the Plan is a Deemed Need Plan, then except as otherwise provided in Amendment Section 2.6, effective January 1, 2018 or as soon as practical thereafter, the financial needs which can justify a hardship distribution to a Participant are expanded to include Disaster Losses. ARTICLE IV DEFINITIONS 4 .1 Suspensions of Elective Deferrals. Any reference to suspension of Elective Deferrals means and includes a suspension of Elective Deferrals and/or Employee Contributions to this Plan or any other qualified plan, a 403(b) plan, or an eligible governmental plan (described in Treas. Reg. §1.457-2(f)) of the Employer. 4 .2 QNECs. A "QNEC" is a Qualified Nonelective Contribution, described in Code §401(m)(4)(C) or a safe harbor nonelective contribution described in Code §401(k)(12)(C). For purposes of this Amendment only, a QACA nonelective contribution described in Code §401(k)(13)(D)(i)(II) will also be treated as though it were a QNEC. 4 .3 QMACs. A "QMAC" is a Qualified Matching Contribution, described in Code §401(k)(3)(D)(ii)(I), or a safe harbor matching contribution described in Code §401(k)(12)(B). For purposes of this Amendment only, a QACA matching contribution described in Code §401(k)(13)(D)(i)(I) will also be treated as though it were a QMAC. 4 .4 Necessity Provisions. The "Necessity Provisions" of the Plan are those provisions which implement the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(B), (C), (D), and (E), as in effect prior to April 1, 2019. These provisions may either reflect the safe harbor "deemed necessary" standards of subparagraph (E) of that regulation, or the non -safe harbor "no alternative means" standards of subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D) of that regulation. 4 .5 Deemed Need Plan. The Plan is a "Deemed Need Plan" to the extent the Plan limits eligibility for a hardship distribution to the deemed immediate and heavy financial needs described in Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(ii)(B), (as revised effective April 1, 2019). 4 .6 Disaster Losses. Disaster Losses are expenses and losses (including loss of income) incurred by the Participant on account of a disaster declared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, Pub. L. 100-707, provided that the Participant's principal residence or principal place of employment at the time of the disaster was located in an area designated by FEMA for individual assistance with respect to the disaster. 4 .7 Document Provider. The Document Provider means the Sponsor of a Prototype Plan or VS Practitioner of a Volume Submitter Plan as defined in Rev. Proc. 2015-36, or the Provider of a Pre-approved Plan, as defined in Rev. Proc. 2017-41. References to the Document Provider's plans or to pre-approved plans refer to the Prototype Plans, Volume Submitter Plans, and/or Pre-approved Plans sponsored by the Document Provider for use by adopting employers, as the case may be. 4 .8 Latest Effective Date. The "Latest Effective Date" is the latest of January 1, 2020, the Effective Date of the Plan, or the effective date of any amendment adding hardship distributions to the Plan. Except with respect to any election made by the employer in Article II, this Amendment is h ereby adopted by the prototype sponsor/volume submitter practitioner on behalf of all adopting employers. Signature and date on file (signature and date) Sponsor/Practitioner Name: Great-West Trust Company, LLC NOTE: The Employer only needs to execute this Amendment if an election has been made in one or more of Sections 2.4 through 2.7, or the Employer has made a different selection from the Document Provider's selection in Sections 2.1 or 2.2. This Amendment has been executed this day of , . Name of Plan: Republic Bancorp, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan Name of Employer: Republic Bancorp, Inc. By: EMPLOYER 194662-01 (effective May 1, 2021) © 2020 Great-West Trust Company, LLC or its suppliers 3 |
EXHIBIT 31.1
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Steven E. Trager, certify that:
1.) |
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Republic Bancorp, Inc.; |
2.) |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3.) |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4.) |
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.) |
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
(b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: August 6, 2021
|
|
/s/ Steven E. Trager |
|
Steven E. Trager |
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
1
EXHIBIT 31.2
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Kevin Sipes, certify that:
1.) |
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Republic Bancorp, Inc.; |
2.) |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3.) |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4.) |
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.) |
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: August 6, 2021
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kevin Sipes |
|
Kevin Sipes |
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer |
|
1
EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, each of the undersigned officers of Republic Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2021 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
|
|
|
Date: August 6, 2021 |
|
/s/ Steven E. Trager |
|
|
Steven E. Trager |
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
Date: August 6, 2021 |
|
/s/ Kevin Sipes |
|
|
Kevin Sipes |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer |
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
1